WO2022135196A1 - Terminal positioning method and terminal - Google Patents

Terminal positioning method and terminal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022135196A1
WO2022135196A1 PCT/CN2021/137279 CN2021137279W WO2022135196A1 WO 2022135196 A1 WO2022135196 A1 WO 2022135196A1 CN 2021137279 W CN2021137279 W CN 2021137279W WO 2022135196 A1 WO2022135196 A1 WO 2022135196A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
positioning
vehicle
terminal
information
geo
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/137279
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王思善
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022135196A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022135196A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/025Services making use of location information using location based information parameters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/021Services related to particular areas, e.g. point of interest [POI] services, venue services or geofences
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/023Services making use of location information using mutual or relative location information between multiple location based services [LBS] targets or of distance thresholds
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/029Location-based management or tracking services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H04W4/48Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P] for in-vehicle communication

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of positioning technologies, and in particular, to a terminal positioning method and terminal.
  • PEPS passive entry passive start
  • the effect of the sensorless key function depends on the accuracy of the positioning information.
  • operations such as terminal positioning and identification of the terminal entering a specific area are performed by the vehicle side, which needs to be implemented by the software and hardware of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle side which needs to be implemented by the software and hardware of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle end Compared with the rapidly developing positioning technology, There are many shortcomings in positioning by the vehicle end, which will affect the accuracy of positioning.
  • the received signal strength indication (RSSI) scheme used in vehicle positioning has poor anti-interference ability, and the subsequent high-precision Bluetooth positioning technology and ultra-wide band (UWB) technology cannot realize the stock equipment.
  • the R&D cycle of vehicle hardware is relatively long. For example, it can only be mass-produced after 2 years of early hardware selection, resulting in poor performance of the hardware during mass production. It is difficult to ensure that it matches the latest positioning technology at that time.
  • the life cycle of the vehicle is long, and users usually replace the new car after many years, which makes the improvement process of the sensorless key experience very slow for users.
  • This application provides a method for terminal positioning. By leading the positioning process in the terminal and realizing the interaction between the terminal and the vehicle based on the positioning result, it solves the problem that the accuracy of positioning technology is limited by the update of vehicle hardware when the current positioning is performed by the vehicle terminal. slow, resulting in the problem of low vehicle control accuracy.
  • a method for positioning a terminal When a trigger event occurs in a vehicle, the terminal performs a first positioning operation on the position of the terminal itself, obtains first positioning information indicating the current position of the terminal, and converts the current position of the terminal to the terminal.
  • the position is regarded as the position of the vehicle when the trigger event occurs (such as the parking position); then, the terminal can perform a second positioning operation on the real-time position of the terminal to obtain, for example, the real-time position of the terminal during the movement process after getting off the car (the real-time position can be used in the first position).
  • the terminal uses the first positioning information and the second positioning information to judge the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle position, and based on the relative distance (such as comparing the relative distance and the preset distance, or comparing The relative distance and the relative position of the geofence), control the vehicle to perform the corresponding operation.
  • the terminal can start the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determine whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result, which can avoid the positioning process relying on the vehicle to complete, and the selection of positioning technology is limited by the vehicle. end hardware.
  • the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • the terminals involved in this application may include devices with positioning functions, such as electronic key devices, mobile phones, tablet computers, and wearable devices.
  • the terminal has a digital key function or is installed with a vehicle digital key application, etc., and can be used as a vehicle's smart key.
  • a positioning trigger message when the vehicle receives a trigger event, such as the vehicle changes from a running state to a stopped state or the vehicle and the terminal establish a connection and pass the authentication, a positioning trigger message will be generated.
  • the vehicle may send the positioning trigger message to the terminal, and after receiving the positioning trigger message, the terminal performs the first positioning operation in response to the positioning trigger message.
  • the first positioning operation is used to locate the current position of the terminal, and obtain first positioning information indicating the current position of the terminal.
  • the terminal may set a reminder message for a trigger event, when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the terminal will generate the reminder message, and the terminal may perform the first positioning operation in response to the reminder message.
  • the destination address of the vehicle can be set on the terminal according to a third-party application.
  • the third-party application can generate a reminder message (for example, the vehicle arrives at the destination address; after that, the terminal can execute the operation according to the reminder message.
  • the first positioning operation can be performed by the third-party application.
  • the terminal may perform the first positioning operation under the instruction of the vehicle, or may perform the first positioning operation spontaneously.
  • the terminal when the vehicle stops, the terminal is still in the vehicle or the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is very small. At this time, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than the first threshold, and the first positioning information can be used to indicate the parking of the vehicle. Position, in other words, the position indicated by the first positioning information may serve as an anchor point for terminal positioning.
  • the terminal after the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the user leaves the vehicle with the terminal, and the second positioning operation may be performed while the terminal is moving away from the vehicle or approaching the vehicle again.
  • the second positioning operation is used for positioning the real-time position of the terminal during the moving process.
  • the second positioning operation may periodically monitor its own moving position during the process of the terminal leaving the vehicle and approaching the vehicle again; When the terminal is far from the vehicle and the wireless connection is disconnected, the terminal can stop the second positioning operation, and when the terminal approaches the vehicle again and the two are wirelessly connected again, the terminal can perform the second positioning operation again.
  • the terminal may determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information during the movement of the terminal, and then instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation according to the relative distance.
  • the terminal can judge the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle through its own real-time positioning information and the vehicle reference position information, and instruct the vehicle to perform corresponding operations according to the relationship between the relative distance and the preset distance. .
  • the terminal performs the positioning operation, and controls the vehicle to perform the corresponding operation based on the positioning information.
  • the terminal can automatically control the vehicle, ensuring vehicle control. On the premise of convenience, the accuracy of vehicle control and the user's senseless operation experience are improved.
  • the terminal may instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information, which specifically includes: the terminal according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information. information to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle; wherein, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or When equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
  • the terminal can automatically control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations based on the positioning information obtained by the terminal itself. This process does not require the vehicle side to perform positioning operations, nor does the user need to perform management operations on the terminal, thereby avoiding vehicle-side hardware on the positioning accuracy. Limits, while improving the user's senseless operation experience.
  • the terminal when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from small to large, when the terminal and the vehicle When the relative distance between them is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Similarly, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from large to small, when When the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
  • the preset distance can be flexibly set according to the actual needs of the user, which is not limited in this application.
  • the target operation may include related operations that the vehicle can perform under the instruction of the terminal, such as unlocking the door, locking the door; or unlocking the window, locking the window; or unlocking the trunk of the vehicle, unlocking The trunk of the vehicle, allowing the engine to be started, etc.
  • allowing the engine to be started in the embodiment of the present application means that when the terminal enters the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the target action of allowing the engine to be started, the vehicle can enter the state of allowing the engine to start under the instruction of the terminal, In this state, if the user performs a trigger operation, such as pressing the start button, the engine of the vehicle can be started, otherwise there is no response.
  • a trigger operation such as pressing the start button
  • different target operations may correspond to different preset distances.
  • first target operation when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the door or unlock the door, the corresponding first preset distance; when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the trunk of the vehicle or unlock the trunk, it corresponds to the first preset distance.
  • Two preset distances. The first preset distance and the second preset distance may be different.
  • the corresponding preset distance may be that the distance between the terminal and the rear of the vehicle is less than a certain threshold, for example, when the distance between the terminal and the rear of the vehicle is less than 0.5m, or
  • a certain threshold for example, when the distance between the terminal and the rear of the vehicle is less than 0.5m, or
  • the trunk of the vehicle will automatically open when it detects the user's trigger action; and when the terminal is 0.5m away from the rear of the vehicle, or a certain range directly above the trunk, the vehicle's back-up The box will automatically lock.
  • the size of the preset distance and the like may be flexibly set according to the characteristics of different target actions, which is not limited in the present application.
  • another specific implementation manner may also be adopted for the terminal to instruct the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation based on the positioning information, that is, the terminal sends the position indicated by the first positioning information (for example, the vehicle the parking position) as the reference position, the preset distances in different directions are used as the radius in this direction (the distance between the boundary and the reference position in this direction) to generate the geo-fence of the vehicle, and then enter the geo-fence by judging the terminal, Or leave the geofence to instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding action.
  • the terminal sends the position indicated by the first positioning information (for example, the vehicle the parking position) as the reference position, the preset distances in different directions are used as the radius in this direction (the distance between the boundary and the reference position in this direction) to generate the geo-fence of the vehicle, and then enter the geo-fence by judging the terminal, Or leave the geofence to instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding action.
  • the terminal can automatically control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations based on the positioning information obtained by the terminal itself. This process does not require the vehicle side to perform positioning operations, nor does the user need to perform management operations on the terminal, thereby avoiding vehicle-side hardware on the positioning accuracy. Limits, while improving the user's senseless operation experience.
  • the first positioning information is used to indicate the parking position of the vehicle, and the geo-fence of the vehicle can generally be determined by using the parking position as the reference position, so the position indicated by the first positioning information can be used as the reference position of the geo-fence of the vehicle, and then Combined with the geofence boundary distance (preset distance), get the geofence of the vehicle.
  • the reference position of the geo-fence may be the center position of the geo-fence area, or may not be the center position of the geo-fence, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal may calculate the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the acquired preset vehicle geo-fence calculation strategy and algorithm, and use the position indicated by the first positioning information (which can be regarded as the parking position of the vehicle) as the reference position.
  • the terminal can obtain the geofence generation strategies or algorithms of different vehicle models in advance from the server, and the server can continuously upgrade and optimize the generation algorithm of the vehicle fence, and deliver it to the terminal in a safe way; the terminal can store the data of multiple vehicles. Algorithms for geo-fencing and distinguishing based on vehicle identification, etc.
  • the terminal is associated with the digital car key application. When the terminal detects that a certain key has completed key authentication, it uses the algorithm corresponding to the key to generate a fence in subsequent positioning.
  • the terminal may obtain other parameter information for calculating the geofence of the vehicle in advance, such as the distance parameter between the geofence boundary and the reference position, or the size parameter of the geofence, the shape parameter of the geofence area, etc.; Then, the terminal determines the information of the geo-fence, such as the boundary coordinates of the geo-fence, according to the first positioning information and other parameter information of the geo-fence, and then obtains the geo-fence of the vehicle.
  • other parameter information for calculating the geofence of the vehicle such as the distance parameter between the geofence boundary and the reference position, or the size parameter of the geofence, the shape parameter of the geofence area, etc.
  • the terminal can mark the geo-fence area of the vehicle on the map page, so that the user can obtain the relative position of the vehicle and the geo-fence more intuitively.
  • instructing the vehicle to perform the target operation based on the terminal's own real-time location and the vehicle's geo-fence may include: according to the second positioning information and the geo-fence, determining the distance between the terminal and the geo-fence.
  • Location relationship the location relationship includes, for example, that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, or the terminal leaves the geo-fence area
  • the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation
  • the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
  • the terminal does not need to continuously compare the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle and the preset distance, and the terminal can pass the terminal's
  • the real-time location and the boundary position of the geo-fence can more intuitively and conveniently know the location relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence, so as to bring the user a good non-sensing experience, save the computing resources of the terminal, and ensure the performance of the terminal.
  • the distance between the terminal and the vehicle can also be judged according to the positional relationship between the terminal and the vehicle's geo-fence.
  • the geo-fenced area may be the same as the sensorless operating area of the vehicle.
  • the distance between the geo-fence boundary and the vehicle reference point may be the above-mentioned preset distance. In other words, the distance between each location of the geo-fence boundary and the reference position may be equivalent to the preset distance corresponding to each direction.
  • the terminal leaving the geo-fence area and the terminal entering the geo-fence area respectively correspond to different target operations of the vehicle.
  • different target operations correspond to different geo-fences.
  • the geo-fences corresponding to different target operations may have different shapes and sizes.
  • first target operation when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the door or unlock the door, it corresponds to the first geo-fence; when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the trunk of the vehicle or unlock the trunk, it corresponds to the first geo-fence.
  • first geo-fence when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the door or unlock the door, it corresponds to the first geo-fence.
  • the boundaries of the first geofence and the second geofence may have different distances from the reference location.
  • the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform the target operation may include: the terminal sending an instruction message to the vehicle. Specifically, the terminal may encrypt the instruction message by using an authentication key of the terminal, and the authentication key may be used to encrypt the instruction message. used for the terminal to authenticate with the vehicle; sending an encrypted instruction message to the vehicle.
  • the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result.
  • the choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle also has a positioning function, the vehicle can also send the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle to the terminal, so that the terminal can use the positioning reference information of the vehicle to obtain the terminal from the terminal.
  • the information (for example, the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence) is corrected to overcome the influence of environmental factors that change over time on the accuracy of the positioning information.
  • the terminal may receive the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information sent by the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation.
  • parking position information the second positioning reference information is the parking position information measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation; according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, correcting the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
  • the vehicle position information and the geo-fence positioning information obtained by the terminal are corrected, so that the terminal positioning information can be corrected to the same error environment, thereby Overcome the positioning deviation caused by external conditions such as environmental changes at different times, improve the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle, and then improve the accuracy of the vehicle when performing related operations within a preset range.
  • the vehicle may measure the first positioning reference information of the vehicle when the vehicle is parked.
  • the first positioning reference information may be the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation.
  • the vehicle receives a trigger event (such as a change in the driving state of the vehicle, a wireless connection between the vehicle and the terminal is established and the authentication is passed, etc.), or when the vehicle sends a trigger message to the terminal, the vehicle also performs a positioning operation, and obtains the first Positioning reference information.
  • a trigger event such as a change in the driving state of the vehicle, a wireless connection between the vehicle and the terminal is established and the authentication is passed, etc.
  • the second positioning reference information may be the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the second positioning operation. For example, when the terminal is approaching the vehicle again, after the terminal and the vehicle establish a wireless connection again and pass the authentication, the vehicle can measure the parking position at this time and obtain the second positioning reference information; or, when the terminal is moving away from the vehicle, If the terminal moves to the preset distance or the boundary of the geo-fence, the position information measured by the vehicle is the second positioning reference information.
  • the vehicle may send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal; the terminal may use the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to correct the geo-fence or the second positioning information, for more accurate location information.
  • the vehicle may send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal at the same time; or, the vehicle may first send the first positioning reference information to the terminal, and the terminal will store the first positioning reference information. After the second positioning reference information is measured, the second positioning reference information is sent to the terminal.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle also has a positioning function, the vehicle can calculate the positioning error correction information based on the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle itself, and the positioning error correction information can be used to indicate The influence of environmental factors over time on the positioning information; the vehicle can send the positioning error information to the terminal, so that the terminal can correct the information obtained by the terminal according to the positioning error information (for example, the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence). ) is corrected to overcome the influence of time-varying environmental factors on the accuracy of the positioning information.
  • the positioning error information for example, the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence
  • the terminal may receive positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is generated by the vehicle based on first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information acquired by the vehicle itself, and the first positioning reference information the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation ; According to the positioning error correction information, correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
  • the method for locating the terminal is based on the premise that the vehicle is in a stopped state and the actual position will not change.
  • the information is corrected to eliminate the influence of the environment and different times, and the reference point of the geo-fence or the second positioning information is corrected to obtain a more accurate relative position between the two.
  • the vehicle may also generate positioning error correction information based on the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information.
  • the vehicle may send the positioning error correction information to the terminal, and the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information of the terminal.
  • first indication information is sent to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to execute the first target action; or, when the relative distance is less than or equal to a preset distance, send second indication information to the vehicle, where the second indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to execute the second target action.
  • the vehicle can be automatically locked when the user carries the terminal and leaves the sensorless operation area corresponding to the vehicle lock; or, the vehicle is automatically unlocked when the user brings the terminal into the sensorless operation area corresponding to the vehicle unlock.
  • the vehicle is allowed to start the engine under the trigger of the user. The convenience and accuracy of controlling the vehicle can be improved.
  • first indication information may be sent to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; or, when the terminal enters the geo-fence When the geo-fence is established, the terminal may send second indication information to the vehicle, where the second indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
  • the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle; and the second target operation includes at least one of the following: door unlocking, window unlocking, trunk unlocking, The engine is allowed to start.
  • the trigger event includes at least one of the following: the vehicle changes from a running state to a parked state; or, the vehicle passes the authentication of the terminal; or , the vehicle arrives at the preset destination address.
  • the performing a first positioning operation when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle specifically includes: when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle, receiving a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle , the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform the first positioning operation; in response to the positioning trigger message, the first positioning operation is performed.
  • the vehicle when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, such as when the driving state of the vehicle changes and the vehicle passes the terminal authentication, the vehicle can generate a positioning trigger message, and send the positioning trigger message to the terminal to instruct the terminal to execute the first Positioning operation.
  • the performing a first positioning operation when the vehicle sends a trigger event specifically includes: setting a reminder message for the trigger event; responding to the reminder message , and perform the first positioning operation.
  • the terminal may set a reminder message for a trigger event of the vehicle, and when the reminder message is generated, it indicates that a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, and the terminal may spontaneously perform the first positioning operation.
  • the method further includes: judging whether the current positioning condition meets the requirement for the terminal to perform positioning; wherein, when the positioning condition does not meet the terminal-based positioning requirement When required, the vehicle is notified to perform the target operation through at least one of a received signal strength indication RSSI, near field communication NFC or manual user operation or other vehicle positioning parameters.
  • the positioning condition may be, for example, whether there is currently a condition for performing terminal-based positioning.
  • the terminal performs the positioning operation, it can be judged whether its positioning conditions can meet the positioning requirements. If the positioning requirements cannot be met, it will fall back to the conventional operation scheme, such as using RSSI ranging, NFC, or manual intervention by users and other existing schemes. achieve the target action.
  • the judging whether the positioning condition of the terminal meets the positioning requirement includes: judging whether a positioning signal is received; or, judging whether the quality of the received positioning signal meets the requirements the positioning requirements. For example, when using the carrier phase differential RTK technology for positioning, it is judged whether the signal of the RTK reference station can be received.
  • the method further comprises: sending the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
  • the sending the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle includes: performing encryption processing on the information of the geo-fence, and the encryption processing includes a key Encrypt and sign; send encrypted geofence information to the vehicle.
  • the terminal sends the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle, and the vehicle stores it in the local safe storage space. If the user shares the control authority of the vehicle with another terminal (such as the first terminal), then When the first terminal is close to or away from the vehicle or approaching the vehicle, the geo-fence or the first positioning information can also be safely obtained, and the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed. Encrypting the information of the geo-fence can ensure that the information of the geo-fence can be safely transmitted to the first terminal that has passed the authentication or authorization and be parsed and used, thereby improving the security of the information transmission process and the reliability of the data source.
  • the encryption key of the geo-fence can be obtained by using cloud security, or a secret key can be shared among devices with vehicle control authority (such as the first terminal)
  • vehicle control authority such as the first terminal
  • the encryption key for the geofence is derived from this shared key.
  • the vehicle by sending the generated geofence information to the vehicle, the vehicle can store the information in the local safe space, and when the terminal needs the geofence information again, the vehicle can obtain the information.
  • the solution in the present application can be used even when the second terminal with vehicle control authority is close to the vehicle.
  • the positioning method used by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS technology, wireless local area network Wi-Fi positioning, cellular Network positioning, based on Internet big data fusion positioning.
  • a method for locating a terminal is provided, and the method can be executed by a vehicle, including: when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the vehicle can generate a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to indicate the The terminal performs the first positioning operation; after that, the vehicle may send the positioning trigger message to the terminal, and the terminal performs the first positioning operation in response to the positioning trigger message.
  • the positioning trigger message may be indication information that instructs the terminal to perform the first positioning operation; or, the initial positioning message may also be indication information that a trigger event occurs in the vehicle.
  • the terminal may perform the first positioning operation under the instruction of the positioning trigger message; or, may also perform the first positioning operation autonomously in response to the positioning trigger message.
  • the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result.
  • the choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • the method further includes: receiving an indication message sent by the terminal, where the indication message is used to instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation, the target The operation corresponds to a preset distance between the terminal and the vehicle, or to the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence; and the target operation is performed according to the instruction message.
  • the terminal determines to send an instruction message to the vehicle according to the relationship between the relative distance and the preset distance between the terminal and the vehicle, so as to control the vehicle to perform the corresponding operation;
  • the relative position relationship such as being within the geo-fence of the vehicle or outside the geo-fence of the vehicle, determines to send an instruction message to the vehicle to control the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation.
  • the terminal can determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle or the relative positional relationship with the geofence through its own real-time positioning information and the acquired vehicle position information or geo-fence information, and then instruct the vehicle to Relevant operations corresponding to the relative distance or relative positional relationship.
  • This process does not require the user to operate on the terminal. Since the terminal can be adapted to a variety of positioning technologies, this process can improve the accuracy of judging the relative positions of the terminal and the vehicle, thereby improving the accuracy of the interaction between the two.
  • different target operations may correspond to different preset distances or geo-fences.
  • the door lock corresponds to a first preset distance
  • the trunk lock corresponds to a second preset distance
  • the first preset distance and the second preset distance may be different
  • the door lock corresponds to the first geo-fence
  • the trunk is locked
  • the first geofence and the second geofence may be different.
  • the method further includes: acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is executed by the terminal During the first positioning operation, the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the second positioning operation performed by the terminal; The first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information are sent.
  • the terminal can correct the positioning information obtained by the terminal and the geo-fence positioning information by using the positioning information measured by the vehicle itself, so that the terminal positioning information can be corrected to the same error environment, whereby, the positioning deviation caused by environmental changes at different times can be overcome, the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle is improved, and the accuracy of the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform related operations is further improved.
  • first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle are acquired, and the first positioning reference information is for the terminal to perform the first positioning operation is the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs a second positioning operation; according to the first positioning reference information and the first positioning reference information Two positioning reference information, determine the positioning error correction information; send the positioning error correction information to the terminal.
  • the vehicle may generate positioning error correction information based on the positioning reference information measured at different times, so as to overcome the different error environments of the positioning information at different times caused by environmental changes.
  • the vehicle uses the positioning reference information at the time of parking and the terminal to approach the vehicle again, communicates with the vehicle and passes the authentication after the positioning reference information calculates the error value between the positioning information at two times, and sends it to the terminal, so that the terminal The second positioning information or the information of the geofence is corrected.
  • the vehicle may send the positioning error correction information to the terminal, and the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information.
  • the positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle may also include other vehicle information required by the terminal to perform error correction, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal can correct the vehicle position information and the geo-fence positioning information obtained by the terminal by using the positioning information measured by the vehicle itself, so that the terminal positioning information can be corrected to the same error environment. , so as to overcome the positioning deviation caused by environmental changes at different times, improve the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle, and further improve the accuracy of the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform related operations.
  • the first target operation includes at least one of door locking, window locking, and trunk locking; the second target operation includes door unlocking, vehicle At least one of window unlocking, trunk unlocking, and engine running.
  • the method further includes: receiving the information of the geo-fence sent by the terminal.
  • a terminal comprising a communication interface, a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and executable on the processor, when the processor executes the computer program , so that the terminal realizes the following function: when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, a first positioning operation is performed, and the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information, and the first positioning information is used to indicate the current location of the terminal. position; perform a second positioning operation, the second positioning operation is used to obtain second positioning information, and the second positioning information is used for the real-time positioning information of the terminal; according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information that instructs the vehicle to perform the target operation.
  • the terminal when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following function: according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle; when the relative distance is greater than the preset distance, instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, The vehicle is instructed to perform a second target operation.
  • the terminal when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following function: according to the first positioning information and the preset distance , determine the geo-fence of the vehicle; wherein, the reference position of the geo-fence is the position indicated by the first positioning information, and the distance between the boundary of a certain direction of the geo-fence and the reference position is equal to the The preset distance corresponding to a certain direction.
  • the terminal when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal enables the terminal to implement the following function: according to the second positioning information and the location of the geofence information to determine the location relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence; wherein, when it is determined that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area according to the location relationship, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; The location relationship, when it is determined that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, instructing the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
  • the terminal when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following functions: receiving the first positioning reference information and the first positioning reference information sent by the vehicle.
  • Two positioning reference information the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal executing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal executing the first positioning operation.
  • the parking position measured by the vehicle according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information is corrected .
  • the terminal when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following functions: receiving the positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, the The positioning error correction information is generated by the vehicle based on the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information obtained by the vehicle itself.
  • the measured parking position, the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation; according to the positioning error correction information, the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information.
  • the trigger event includes at least one of the following: the vehicle changes from a running state to a parked state; or, the vehicle passes the authentication of the terminal; or , the vehicle arrives at the preset destination address.
  • the performing a first positioning operation when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle specifically includes: when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle, receiving a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle , the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform the first positioning operation; in response to the positioning trigger message, the first positioning operation is performed.
  • performing the first positioning operation when the vehicle sends a trigger event specifically includes: setting a reminder message for the trigger event; responding to the reminder message , and perform the first positioning operation.
  • the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle;
  • the second target operation includes At least one of the following: unlocking the doors of the vehicle, unlocking the windows, unlocking the trunk, and allowing the engine to be started.
  • the processor when the processor is executing the computer program, the processor enables the terminal to implement the following function: judging whether the current positioning condition meets the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning ; wherein, when the positioning condition does not meet the positioning requirements, the vehicle is notified to perform the target operation through at least one of the received signal strength indication RSSI, near field communication NFC or user manual operation.
  • the terminal when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal enables the terminal to implement the following functions: judging whether a positioning signal is received; or, judging whether the received signal is received Whether the quality of the positioning signal meets the positioning requirement.
  • the method further comprises: sending the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
  • the positioning method used by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS, wireless fidelity Wi-Fi positioning, cellular Network positioning, based on Internet big data fusion positioning.
  • a vehicle comprising a communication interface, a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and executable on the processor, when the processor executes the computer program , so that the vehicle realizes the following functions: acquiring a trigger event; generating a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform a first positioning operation; sending the positioning trigger to the terminal information.
  • the method further includes: receiving an instruction message from the terminal, where the instruction message instructs the vehicle to perform a target action, where the target action is a preset distance away Corresponding; in response to the indication message, executing the target action.
  • the vehicle when the processor executes the computer program, the vehicle enables the vehicle to implement the following functions: acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning of the vehicle reference information, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal performing the second positioning operation During the process, the parking position measured by the vehicle; send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
  • the vehicle when the processor executes the computer program, the vehicle enables the vehicle to implement the following functions: acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning of the vehicle reference information, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal performing the second positioning operation During the process, the parking position measured by the vehicle; the positioning error correction information is determined according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information; and the positioning error correction information is sent to the terminal.
  • the vehicle when the processor is executing the computer program, the vehicle is made to implement the following function: receiving the information of the geo-fence sent by the terminal.
  • a terminal in a fifth aspect, the terminal establishes short-range wireless communication with a vehicle, including: a receiving module configured to receive a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to execute A positioning operation; a positioning module, used for acquiring first positioning information of the current location of the terminal in response to the positioning trigger message, where the first positioning information is used to indicate the reference position of the vehicle; a processing module, used for According to the second positioning information of the terminal and the first positioning information, the vehicle is instructed to perform the target operation, and the second positioning information is the real-time position information in the process of the terminal performing the positioning operation.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the second positioning information and the first positioning information ; when the relative distance is greater than a preset distance, instruct the vehicle to perform a first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, instruct the vehicle to perform a second target operation.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the preset distance.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the location of the terminal and the geo-fence according to the second positioning information and the information of the geo-fence relationship; when it is determined according to the position relationship that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when it is determined according to the position relationship that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, The vehicle is instructed to perform a second target operation.
  • the terminal further includes a receiving module and a positioning information correction module, wherein: the receiving module is configured to receive the first positioning reference information sent by the vehicle and second positioning reference information, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the During the second positioning operation, the parking position measured by the vehicle; according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
  • the processing module is further configured to receive positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is obtained by the vehicle based on the first positioning obtained by itself Reference information and second positioning reference information are generated, where the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the During the process of executing the second positioning operation by the terminal, the parking position measured by the vehicle; according to the positioning error correction information, the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information is corrected.
  • the terminal may further include a sending module, which is specifically configured to: when the relative distance is greater than a preset distance, send first indication information to the vehicle, the The first instruction information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target action; or, when the relative distance is less than or equal to a preset distance, send second instruction information to the vehicle, the second instruction information using instructing the vehicle to perform the second target action.
  • a sending module which is specifically configured to: when the relative distance is greater than a preset distance, send first indication information to the vehicle, the The first instruction information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target action; or, when the relative distance is less than or equal to a preset distance, send second instruction information to the vehicle, the second instruction information using instructing the vehicle to perform the second target action.
  • the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking;
  • the second target operation includes at least one of the following Items: Unlock doors, unlock windows, unlock trunk, allow engine start.
  • the terminal further includes a judgment module for judging whether the current positioning condition meets the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning; wherein the indication module is further used for When the positioning condition does not meet the positioning requirement, the vehicle is notified to perform the target operation through at least one of RSSI, near field communication, NFC, or user manual operation indicated by the received signal strength.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: determine whether a positioning signal is received; or, determine whether the quality of the received positioning signal meets the positioning requirement.
  • the terminal further includes a sending module, configured to send the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
  • the terminal further includes an encryption module, configured to perform encryption processing on the information of the geo-fence, and the encryption processing includes key encryption and signature; the A sending module, configured to send the encrypted geo-fence information to the vehicle.
  • the positioning method adopted by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS, wireless local area network Wi-Fi positioning, cellular network Positioning, based on Internet big data fusion positioning.
  • a sixth aspect provides a vehicle, characterized by comprising: a receiving unit, configured to acquire a trigger event; and a processing unit, configured to generate a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to indicate the The terminal performs positioning; a sending unit is configured to send the positioning trigger message to the terminal.
  • the vehicle further includes a positioning module for acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is: When the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation. position, the sending module is further configured to send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
  • the vehicle further includes a positioning module that acquires first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is the The parking position measured by the vehicle during the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the terminal performing the second positioning operation;
  • the processing module is configured to generate positioning error correction information according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information, and the positioning error correction information is used for the terminal to correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information;
  • the sending unit is configured to send the positioning error correction information to the terminal.
  • the vehicle further includes an operation module, and the receiving module is further configured to receive an indication message sent by the terminal, where the indication message is used to indicate The vehicle executes the target operation, and the target operation corresponds to a preset distance between the terminal and the vehicle, or corresponds to the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence; the operation module, using to perform the target operation according to the instruction message.
  • the target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle; or, door unlocking, The windows are unlocked, the trunk is unlocked, and the engine is allowed to start.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the information of the geo-fence sent by the terminal.
  • a system for locating a terminal including a terminal and a vehicle, wherein the terminal is configured to execute the method for locating a terminal according to any implementation manner of the first aspect, and the vehicle is configured to execute the method as described in any implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the terminal described in any one of the first aspect and the second aspect. method of positioning.
  • a computer product comprising computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method for locating a terminal according to any implementation manner of the first aspect and the second aspect .
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D are schematic diagrams showing some possible application scenarios of the method for terminal positioning provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIGS. 4A to 4D show schematic diagrams of graphical user interfaces in a terminal positioning process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface in another terminal positioning process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of information correction of a geofence provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of still another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of still another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of still another terminal positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for terminal positioning in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a scenario where a terminal controls a vehicle based on positioning information.
  • a terminal controls a vehicle based on positioning information.
  • digital keys can be divided into remote keyless entry (RKE) function, near field communication (NFC) key function and passive key function according to the short-range communication technology used and user experience. entry passive start, PEPS).
  • RKE remote keyless entry
  • NFC near field communication
  • PEPS entry passive start
  • the remote control key function requires the user to initiate management operations in the application (APP) after establishing short-distance communication with the vehicle through the terminal, and the whole process can be independent of the network;
  • the NFC key function does not require the user to perform operations on the mobile terminal Operation, you only need to place the terminal in the NFC card reading area of the vehicle to trigger the relevant process;
  • the sensorless key function provides the best experience. Set the range to trigger the relevant process. From the perspective of the development history and user experience of physical keys, sensorless keys may become the mainstream digital key solutions in the industry.
  • the core of the digital key is the vehicle's identification of the mobile terminal and the judgment of the corresponding conditions of the relevant operations.
  • the vehicle's sensorless key authentication usually includes conditions such as key authentication, positioning, and anti-relay authentication. The judgments of these conditions are independent of each other.
  • the vehicle recognizes that there is a valid key in the connected terminal, the mobile terminal is in the preset state.
  • the vehicle determines that the conditions are met, and then it can automatically perform vehicle operations such as unlocking and entering a startable state.
  • the remote control key the vehicle usually needs to confirm that the key authentication is passed, the user verification is passed, and the corresponding vehicle control instruction is verified, and then the operation corresponding to the vehicle control instruction is executed.
  • the sensorless key function can usually be further divided into a sensorless entry scenario and a sensorless startup scenario.
  • the sensorless entry scenario as an example: the user brings a terminal (such as a mobile phone) with the digital key function enabled close to the vehicle. After the vehicle and the terminal establish a Bluetooth connection, the authentication key of the terminal is authenticated, and the terminal is located at the same time; when the vehicle detects When the terminal enters the preset sensorless operating range, the doors of the vehicle are automatically unlocked.
  • the core of vehicle sensorless operation is to solve the problem of ranging and positioning accuracy between the vehicle and the terminal. Whether it is user experience or safety, there are certain requirements for ranging accuracy.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • Beidou positioning system etc.
  • the basic principle of positioning is: measure the distance between a satellite with a known position and a ground GPS receiver, and then the receiver communicates with at least 4 satellites to calculate the distance between it and these satellites, The exact location of the receiver on Earth can then be determined.
  • the positioning accuracy of ordinary GPS is not less than 1m, and the signal error has about 50% probability of reaching more than 2m, while the differential global positioning system (DGPS) uses differential technology on the basis of GPS to enable users to obtain more accurate information. High positioning accuracy.
  • DGPS differential global positioning system
  • RTK technology is the one with the highest positioning accuracy in DGPS.
  • the ground reference coordinate reference station (hereinafter collectively referred to as "reference station”) transmits its observations and station coordinate information to a rover (such as a user terminal) through a data link.
  • the rover not only receives data from the base station through the data link, but also collects satellite positioning observation data, and forms differential observations in the system for real-time processing to give centimeter-level positioning results, which lasts less than a second.
  • the key of RTK technology lies in data processing technology and data transmission technology.
  • RTK positioning requires the base station receiver to transmit the observation data (pseudorange observation value, phase observation value) and known data to the rover receiver in real time.
  • the receiver can correct the positioning result according to the error reference information provided by the base station, eliminate the positioning error, and then improve the positioning accuracy.
  • the error reference information is caused by the ionosphere and the troposphere.
  • the main application scenarios of RTK applications include: automatic driving, lane-level navigation maps, drones, and positioning of children's watches.
  • Geofencing technology is a new application of location based service (LBS), which encloses a virtual geographic boundary with a virtual fence.
  • LBS location based service
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method for locating a terminal, in which the key-side terminal dominates the locating operation, and utilizes the characteristics of high-speed iteration of the terminal to realize the application of different locating technologies, thereby improving the accuracy of locating, thereby rapidly promoting the non-sensing Enhanced experience.
  • the terminal involved in the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application has a positioning function.
  • the terminal may support multiple positioning methods, for example including: RTK positioning technology, GNSS positioning technology, wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) positioning technology, cellular network positioning technology (positioning based on base stations) or Internet big data fusion positioning technology, etc.
  • the terminal can also use RTK technology as the core, combined with base station, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, assisted global positioning system (AGPS), historical data, 5G and other optimized positioning methods.
  • the terminal can establish wireless communication with the vehicle, for example, the terminal can perform Bluetooth connection, Wi-Fi connection, etc. with the vehicle.
  • the terminal can be used as a digital key of the vehicle, and has a sensorless key function, such as having a digital key function or a vehicle digital key application installed.
  • the terminal may be, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) device, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other electronic devices, the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on the specific type of the terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 is the terminal mentioned in the embodiments of this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charge management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
  • SIM Subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present application do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processor
  • graphics processor graphics processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the latency of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus that includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate with each other through the I2C bus interface, so as to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communications, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is typically used to connect the processor 110 with the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface, so as to realize the photographing function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface may be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and the like.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other terminals, such as AR devices, etc.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the terminal through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 and supplies power to the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of the wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then turn it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 1 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 110 .
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR).
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication
  • IR infrared technology
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 .
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 may implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • a digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy and so on. Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By borrowing the structure of biological neural network, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process the input information and can continuously learn by itself.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 .
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the electronic device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the electronic device 100 .
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the terminal posture, and can be used in horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometer and other applications.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the electronic device 100 further includes an air pressure sensor 180C and a distance sensor 180F.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist in positioning and navigation.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance through infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the terminal may measure the distance from the terminal to the vehicle through the distance sensor, so as to realize the positioning between the terminal and the vehicle.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiments of the present application take an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplarily describe the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and so on.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include window managers, content providers, view systems, telephony managers, resource managers, notification managers, and the like.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the management of call status including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
  • the notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications of applications running in the background, and notifications on the screen in the form of dialog windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt tone is issued, the terminal vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • a system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media library Media Libraries
  • 3D graphics processing library eg: OpenGL ES
  • 2D graphics engine eg: SGL
  • the Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • a 2D graphics engine may be used to draw a geofence of a vehicle.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B some possible application scenarios of the method for terminal positioning provided by the embodiments of the present application are shown.
  • the state change will trigger the vehicle to send a positioning trigger message to the terminal.
  • the terminal performs a positioning operation on the current position of the terminal (referred to as the first positioning operation).
  • the current position of the terminal may be used as the parking position, and optionally, the terminal may also acquire the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the position.
  • the terminal can perform real-time positioning (referred to as the second positioning operation) to obtain the real-time position of the terminal during the movement (corresponding to the second positioning information). After that, the terminal can obtain the relative distance from the vehicle based on the first positioning information (for example, corresponding to the parking position in FIG. 3A ) and the second positioning information (for example, corresponding to the position 1 and position 2 in FIG.
  • the first positioning information for example, corresponding to the parking position in FIG. 3A
  • the second positioning information for example, corresponding to the position 1 and position 2 in FIG.
  • the terminal may instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation of door locking; or, the terminal may obtain the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence of the vehicle based on the first positioning information and the second positioning information.
  • the terminal may instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation of door locking.
  • the terminal dominates the positioning operation, and uses the positioning information to control the vehicle to perform the target operation, so as to achieve the effect of the vehicle automatically making adaptive operations when the user approaches or leaves the vehicle.
  • FIG. 3B it is a schematic diagram of a scene when the user approaches the vehicle again.
  • the terminal when the user arrives at position 3, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is relative distance 3, which is within the range of the geofence of the vehicle.
  • the terminal will not instruct the vehicle to perform related operations; when the user continues to approach the vehicle and moves to position 4, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is relative distance 4, entering the geo-fence range of the vehicle.
  • the terminal After the terminal detects that the relative distance between it and the vehicle is less than the preset distance, or enters the geo-fence range, it can automatically instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation of unlocking the door.
  • the preset distance may refer to the distance that is preset in different directions with the position indicated by the first positioning information (generally regarded as the parking position) as the reference position; the geofence refers to the parking position As the reference position, the preset distance in the corresponding direction is used as the radius to obtain the area.
  • the relationship between the preset distance of the same target action and the geo-fence may be: the distance between the boundary of the geo-fence in a certain direction and the reference position of the geo-fence (usually the parking position) is equivalent to the preset distance in the direction. Set distance. For example, in Fig.
  • the relative distance 2 between the terminal and the parking position is also It is equal to the preset distance corresponding to the target action of locking the door in this direction.
  • the terminal leaving the geo-fence area and the terminal entering the geo-fence area respectively correspond to different target operations of the vehicle.
  • the preset distances or geo-fence ranges corresponding to different target actions may be different.
  • the geofences corresponding to different target operations have different shapes and sizes.
  • the preset distances in different directions corresponding to the same target operation may be different; or, the distances from the geofence boundary to the reference position in different directions corresponding to the same target operation are different.
  • first target operation when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock or unlock the vehicle door, it corresponds to the first geo-fence; when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock or unlock the trunk of the vehicle, it corresponds to the second geo-fence.
  • the boundaries of the first geofence and the second geofence may have different distances from the reference location.
  • the area of the first geo-fence may also be, as shown in FIG. 3C , a fan-shaped area corresponding to a certain angle range with the door of the vehicle as the reference position.
  • the angle range can be set flexibly, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second geo-fence area may be as shown in FIG. 3D , which is a fan-shaped area corresponding to a certain angle range with the trunk as a reference position.
  • the corresponding geo-fence range is less than or equal to the range of the vehicle. Only when the user enters the vehicle with the terminal, the terminal instructs the vehicle to allow the engine to be started in response to the user's triggering operation. Otherwise the engine is not allowed to be started.
  • the preset distance and the boundary distance thresholds in each direction of the geo-fence can be flexibly set according to the characteristics of different target actions, which are not limited in the present application.
  • the terminal when the vehicle leaves the vehicle or approaches the vehicle, the terminal can automatically control the vehicle to perform related operations based on the positioning information, and act as a smart vehicle key, without requiring manual operations by the user, which increases the complexity of vehicle operation. Convenience and enhance the user's senseless experience.
  • one terminal is used as the digital key of one vehicle.
  • one terminal can also be used as the digital key of multiple vehicles, or multiple terminals can be used as the digital key at the same time.
  • a digital key for a vehicle is used as the digital key of one vehicle.
  • a terminal can be associated with multiple vehicles through a digital car key application, such as receiving registration information of the vehicle in advance. Vehicle permissions, and authentication information, etc.
  • the terminal can use the information corresponding to the vehicle according to the vehicle identification carried in the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, execute the positioning process and control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations.
  • the vehicle ID of multiple vehicles corresponding to the terminal As shown in Table 1, it is the vehicle ID of multiple vehicles corresponding to the terminal, the short-range communication (such as Bluetooth communication, etc.) addresses of different vehicles, and the vehicle control authority of different vehicles.
  • the short-range communication such as Bluetooth communication, etc.
  • the vehicle control authority corresponding to different vehicles in Table 1 is only an example. In practical applications, the user can set the vehicle control authority for different vehicles as required, which is not limited here.
  • the registration information of a certain vehicle may be shared among multiple terminals, for example, the vehicle owner, family members, etc. may control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations through different terminals.
  • the vehicle owner, family members, etc. may control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations through different terminals.
  • Table 2 it is the terminal ID, corresponding authentication information and authority that can control the vehicle.
  • terminal 1 vehicle owner
  • terminal 2 family 1
  • the vehicle may only respond to terminal 1 and ignore messages from terminal 2.
  • the vehicle control permissions corresponding to different terminals in Table 1 are only examples. In practical applications, the user can set the vehicle control permissions corresponding to different terminals as needed.
  • terminal 2 and terminal 3 can request terminal 1 for certain Vehicle control authority, terminal 1 (vehicle owner) agrees or rejects some of the other vehicle control authority according to actual needs. There is no limitation here.
  • the vehicle can send a notification message to the terminal; when the terminal receives the notification message, a prompt message indicating that the target operation is completed can be displayed on the interface.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface (graphical user interface, GUI) in some terminal positioning processes provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the interface in FIG. 4 takes the drop-down interface of the mobile phone system bar as an example.
  • the interface includes control icons, such as a WLAN icon, a Bluetooth icon, a flashlight icon, an incoming call notification mode (such as vibration) icon, and an auto-rotation icon.
  • the interface can also It includes other more controls or application programs, which is not limited in this application.
  • the vehicle when the user carries the terminal away from the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the door lock, the vehicle can complete the target action of the door lock based on the terminal's instruction; after that, the vehicle sends a message to the terminal.
  • the notification message that the door is locked; after receiving the notification message, the terminal can display the notification message in the status bar pulled down on the interface in the form of text. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, the prompt message 401 of “door is locked” of the digital car key application is displayed, and the display time of the notification message (for example, 1 minute ago) can also be displayed. And the content of the notification message to know the status of the vehicle.
  • the user can set the vehicle control authority corresponding to the terminal in advance.
  • the terminal can also automatically control the vehicle to open doors, open windows, and automatically ignite to start the vehicle.
  • the vehicle when the user enters the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the door unlocking with the terminal again, the vehicle can complete the target action of unlocking the door based on the terminal's instruction; after that, the vehicle sends a notification that the door has been opened to the terminal message; after receiving the notification message, the terminal can display the notification message in the form of text in the status bar pulled down on the interface. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, a prompt message 402 of "the door is unlocked" is displayed (as shown in FIG. 4B ). Optionally, pulling down the status bar at this time can still display the notification message that the vehicle is locked and the corresponding time, such as the notification message that the door has been locked 30 minutes ago as shown in FIG. state.
  • the terminal instructs the vehicle to automatically open the window.
  • the vehicle can send a notification message that the window has been opened to the terminal.
  • the terminal can display the notification message in the form of text on the pull-down status bar interface. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, a prompt message 403 of "the window is open” is displayed (as shown in FIG. 4C ).
  • pulling down the status bar at this time can still display the door lock, door unlock notification message and the corresponding time, as shown in FIG. Notification messages, so that the user can know the specific status of the vehicle at different times.
  • the terminal instructs the vehicle to ignite the vehicle based on the positioning information. After the vehicle is turned on, it can send a notification message that the vehicle has been turned on to the terminal. After receiving the notification message, the terminal can display the text on the interface in the form of a scroll bar.
  • the top status bar displays the notification message. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, a prompt message 404 of "the vehicle has been ignited and started" is displayed (as shown in FIG. 4D ). Similarly, pulling down the status bar at this time can still display the door lock, door unlock and window open notification messages and the corresponding time.
  • the notification message that the door is locked 33 minutes ago is displayed, respectively, 3 minutes
  • the notification message that the front door has been unlocked, and the notification message that the window has been opened 2 minutes ago allows the user to know the specific status of the vehicle at different times.
  • the notification message of the state change of the vehicle is not limited to the above-mentioned display methods.
  • it can also be displayed on the negative screen of the terminal.
  • the mobile phone displays the state of the vehicle at different time points on the negative screen.
  • the negative screen in FIG. 5 may include greetings preset according to time, displaying a search box (for searching local or online content) and a notification message of a digital car key.
  • the negative one-screen interface in FIG. 5 may further include various display messages, which are not limited in this application.
  • the notification message of the digital car key includes the state change of the vehicle and the corresponding time.
  • the notification message of the digital car key includes: 8:00, the door is locked; 8:30, the door is unlocked; 8:31, the window is opened; and 8:33, the vehicle is ignited and turned on.
  • the specific time shown in Figure 5 can also be used to represent the time when a certain state changes, or the current time shown in Figure 4 can be used as the benchmark, and a certain state occurred before a certain period of time.
  • the mode of change indicates the time when the state changes, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for locating the terminal may be performed by the terminal shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , and may specifically include the following steps:
  • the vehicle when it receives a trigger event, it may generate a trigger message and send the positioning trigger message to the terminal.
  • the positioning trigger message may be used to instruct the terminal to perform a positioning operation; After the positioning trigger message is received, the positioning operation is carried out autonomously.
  • the terminal may set a reminder message for the occurrence of a trigger event in the vehicle, and when the trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the terminal may perform the first positioning operation in response to the reminder message.
  • the destination address of the vehicle can be set on the terminal according to a third-party application.
  • the third-party application can generate a reminder message (for example, the vehicle arrives at the destination address); Perform the first positioning operation.
  • the terminal may perform the first positioning operation under the instruction of the vehicle, or may perform the first positioning operation spontaneously.
  • the triggering events may include, for example, events such as: the running state of the vehicle itself changes, the vehicle establishes a connection with the terminal, the terminal is authenticated at the vehicle end, and the vehicle receives other trigger notifications.
  • the change of the running state of the vehicle itself may include: the vehicle changes from the running state to the stopped state, such as the vehicle is turned off or the vehicle is in the parking (P) gear, etc.; the authentication passed by the vehicle and the terminal may include, for example: The terminal digital car key key authentication is passed, etc.; the vehicle receives other trigger notifications, for example, it may include: the vehicle determines to arrive at the destination according to the navigation information, etc.
  • the terminal can establish wireless communication with the vehicle, and send an authentication message generated based on the digital car key key to the vehicle through a wireless signal for authentication.
  • the terminal may encrypt the authentication message, and send the encrypted authentication message to the vehicle.
  • the terminal may use the authentication key to perform encryption processing (such as encryption, signature, etc.) on the authentication message, and this application does not limit the specific encryption method.
  • the positioning trigger message can be sent to the terminal through a wireless signal.
  • the positioning trigger message can be used to indicate that a trigger event occurs in the vehicle (for example, the running state of the vehicle itself changes, etc.), and the terminal can automatically perform the positioning process after receiving the positioning trigger message;
  • the terminal performs the positioning operation according to the instruction of the positioning trigger message.
  • S602 in response to the positioning trigger message, perform a first positioning operation, where the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information corresponding to the current location of the terminal.
  • the terminal may determine whether the current positioning conditions meet the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning.
  • the requirements for positioning may include, for example: whether the terminal receives a positioning signal, such as a satellite signal (such as a GPS signal, Beidou signal, etc.) or a fifth-generation wireless communication technology (the 5th-generation, 5G) signal, etc.; or, whether the terminal receives Whether the quality of the received positioning signal supports accurate positioning of the terminal, etc.
  • the positioning conditions may include: whether the terminal can receive RTK positioning signals, or whether the strength of the RTK positioning signals meets the signal strength requirements of RTK positioning; when the terminal uses satellite positioning
  • the positioning condition may include: whether the terminal can receive a satellite positioning signal, or whether the strength of the satellite positioning signal meets the positioning signal strength requirement, and the like.
  • the terminal determines that the current positioning conditions meet the terminal positioning requirements, that is, the terminal positioning can be performed, the subsequent positioning operation is performed; when the terminal determines that its positioning conditions do not meet the current positioning requirements, such as the terminal cannot receive the positioning signal or the strength of the positioning signal is insufficient
  • the vehicle is notified to fall back to normal operations, such as adopting RSSI ranging, enabling users to manually operate on the terminal APP, or using NFC to achieve interaction.
  • the following mainly describes the situation in which the current positioning condition satisfies the terminal to perform the positioning operation.
  • the terminal may perform the first positioning operation in response to the trigger message sent by the vehicle.
  • the first positioning operation mentioned in the embodiment of the present application refers to that when the vehicle is parked and the position between the terminal and the vehicle is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal performs positioning measurement on its current position under the trigger of the vehicle, and obtains the current location of the terminal.
  • the first positioning information corresponding to the location.
  • the distance between the current location of the terminal and the vehicle is less than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold value may be, when the vehicle stops, the terminal is still in the vehicle or the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is very small, the value of the distance between the terminal and the vehicle. Since the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is very small when parking (for example, the terminal is located inside the vehicle), the first positioning information can be used to indicate the parking position of the vehicle. In other words, the position indicated by the first positioning information can be used as The anchor point for subsequent terminal positioning is used to judge the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle during the movement process.
  • the terminal may perform independent positioning based on its own positioning function, calculate the precise information of the current position of the terminal, and obtain the first positioning information of the current position of the terminal.
  • the first positioning information may be absolute geographic location information of the terminal, such as geographic coordinates of the location where the terminal is located.
  • the terminal can use a variety of positioning technologies to achieve positioning, such as: RTK positioning technology, GNSS positioning technology, Wi-Fi positioning technology, cellular network positioning technology (based on base station positioning), or Internet-based big data fusion positioning technology Wait.
  • RTK positioning technology GNSS positioning technology
  • Wi-Fi positioning technology based on base station positioning
  • cellular network positioning technology based on base station positioning
  • Internet-based big data fusion positioning technology Wait the terminal can also use RTK technology as the core, combined with base station, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, AGPS, historical data, 5G and other optimized positioning methods.
  • the terminal When the terminal adopts RTK positioning technology for positioning, it can locate independently and obtain positioning information with high accuracy.
  • the positioning information of the terminal is used to correct the positioning information of the terminal. The specific correction process will be described in detail below.
  • S603 Execute a second positioning operation, where the second positioning operation is used to obtain second positioning information corresponding to the real-time position of the terminal during the moving process.
  • the terminal after the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the user leaves the vehicle with the terminal, and the second positioning operation may be performed while the terminal is moving away from the vehicle or approaching the vehicle again.
  • the second positioning operation mentioned in the embodiment of the present application refers to positioning the real-time position of the terminal during the movement process.
  • the terminal in the process of moving, the terminal may periodically monitor its own moving position, and periodically acquire second positioning information corresponding to the moving position of the terminal.
  • the second positioning operation may continuously monitor the moving position of the terminal during the process of the terminal leaving the vehicle and approaching the vehicle again; or, the second positioning operation may only be performed during the process of maintaining the wireless connection between the terminal and the vehicle, if the terminal is far away from the vehicle When the terminal is far away and the wireless connection is disconnected, the terminal can stop the second positioning operation, and when the terminal approaches the vehicle again, establishes a wireless connection with the vehicle again or passes the authentication, the terminal can perform the second positioning operation again.
  • S604 instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information of the terminal.
  • the first positioning information can be used to indicate the parking position of the vehicle
  • the second positioning information is the position information corresponding to the current moment of the terminal during the movement of the terminal. Therefore, according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information
  • the positioning information can determine the distance between the terminal and the vehicle.
  • the terminal can instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation according to the distance between it and the vehicle.
  • the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result.
  • This process does not require the user to perform management operations, and positioning can be avoided.
  • the process relies on the vehicle side to complete, resulting in the choice of positioning technology is limited by the vehicle side hardware.
  • the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • step S604 according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information of the terminal, the vehicle is instructed to perform the target operation, and there may be different specific implementation manners.
  • the following describes the two different implementation manners provided by the embodiments of the present application respectively.
  • the terminal may determine the relative distance between it and the vehicle according to the second positioning information and the first positioning information, and instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation by comparing the relationship between the relative distance and the preset distance. For example, when the relative distance is greater than the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
  • the terminal may send first indication information to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; or, when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance , the terminal may send second instruction information to the vehicle, where the second instruction information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the second target action.
  • the terminal when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from small to large, when the terminal and the vehicle When the relative distance between them is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Similarly, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from large to small, when When the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
  • the preset distance mentioned in this application may be the distance between the vehicle and the center point in a 360° direction around the vehicle, and the preset distance may be flexibly set according to the actual needs of the user. This is not limited.
  • the first target operation may be, for example, a relevant operation when the terminal is far away from the vehicle, such as door locking, window locking, trunk lock, etc.; the second target operation may be, for example, a corresponding operation when the terminal is close to the vehicle, such as door unlocking , window unlocking, trunk unlocking, engine startable state, etc.
  • first target operation and the second target operation listed above are only examples.
  • the user can also independently set certain instructions as needed, such as turning on or off the vehicle wipers, etc. This is not limited.
  • the comparison of the distance between the terminal and the vehicle can also be further converted into a comparison of the location relationship between the terminal and the vehicle's geo-fence (that is, method 2), which also realizes the control of the vehicle. control.
  • the terminal can use the position indicated by the first positioning information (the parking position of the vehicle) as the reference position of the geo-fence, and the preset distance is the distance between the boundary of the geo-fence and the reference point, then when the terminal enters the geo-fence area , which can be equivalent to a scene where the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance; when the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, it can be equivalent to a scene where the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance. In this way, the terminal can instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation according to its relationship with the vehicle geo-fence.
  • the terminal can obtain the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle in advance according to the first positioning information. Geo-fenced area, thereby instructing the vehicle to perform the corresponding target action.
  • the terminal needs to calculate the relationship between the position of the user and the vehicle and the preset distance according to the real-time position of the user, so as to instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation; while in mode 2, the terminal does not need to calculate the user and the parking position multiple times. It only needs to judge whether it enters the geo-fenced area. Therefore, the second method can save the computing resources of the terminal, reduce the load of the terminal, and ensure the use performance of the terminal.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal mainly instructs the vehicle to perform corresponding operations according to its positional relationship with the vehicle geo-fence, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • S701 Determine a geo-fence of a vehicle according to the first positioning information and a preset distance.
  • the terminal may obtain algorithms for geo-fencing of different vehicles in advance from the server.
  • the server can continuously upgrade and optimize the generation algorithm of the vehicle fence, and send it to the terminal in a safe way; the terminal can store different algorithms corresponding to different vehicle types, and distinguish them according to the identification of the vehicle.
  • the terminal may be associated with a digital car key application, and when the terminal detects that a certain key has been authenticated at the vehicle end, it uses an algorithm corresponding to the vehicle to generate a geo-fence during subsequent positioning.
  • the terminal may obtain other parameter information for calculating the geo-fence of the vehicle in advance, such as a preset distance, where the preset distance may be the distance between the boundary of the geo-fence and the reference position in different directions; or Geo-fence size parameters, shape parameters of the geo-fence area, etc.; then, the terminal determines the information of the geo-fence, such as the boundary coordinates of the geo-fence, according to the first positioning information and other parameter information of the geo-fence, and then obtains the geo-fence of the vehicle.
  • a preset distance where the preset distance may be the distance between the boundary of the geo-fence and the reference position in different directions
  • Geo-fence size parameters, shape parameters of the geo-fence area etc.
  • different types of vehicles may correspond to different parameter information of the geo-fence, for example, vehicles of different sizes or shapes have different parameter information of the corresponding geo-fence; in addition, the shape of the geo-fence may also be related to the orientation of the vehicle, etc. , such as the coordinate points of the boundary of the geofence in different directions can be determined by the heading angle of the vehicle. In other words, different types of vehicles may correspond to geofenced areas of different sizes and/or shapes.
  • the terminal can mark the geo-fence area of the vehicle on the map page, so that the user can obtain the positional relationship between the vehicle and the geo-fence more intuitively.
  • the terminal can generate the information of the geo-fence according to the position indicated by the first positioning information as the reference position of the geo-fence.
  • the distances between the boundaries of different directions of the geo-fence and the reference position may be equal to the preset distances in the corresponding directions.
  • the reference position of the geofence can be used as the position of the center point of the geofence.
  • the vehicle can also generate a geo-fence based on its own location. For example, when the vehicle supports the RTK function, the vehicle can generate its own geo-fence and send the information of the geo-fence to the terminal; or, when the terminal supports the RTK function, the terminal itself can generate the information of the geo-fence.
  • the information of the geo-fence may include: boundary coordinates of the geo-fence, the area corresponding to the geo-fence on the map, and the size and shape of the geo-fence area.
  • the terminal may store the information of the geo-fence locally in the terminal.
  • the terminal can also perform encryption processing on the information of the geo-fence, such as encryption or signature with an authentication key; after that, the encrypted information of the geo-fence is sent to the vehicle, and the vehicle stores it in the local Safe storage space.
  • the encryption key may be an authentication key between the vehicle and the terminal/first terminal, or an encryption key shared by the terminal and at least one first terminal.
  • the vehicle when the information of the geo-fence is stored in the vehicle, if the user shares the control authority of the vehicle with another terminal (referred to as the first terminal), then when the first terminal approaches and leaves the vehicle or approaches
  • the vehicle after the vehicle has passed the authentication of the first terminal, the vehicle can send the information of the geo-fence to the first terminal, so that the first terminal can also execute the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Encrypting the information of the geo-fence can ensure that the information of the geo-fence can be safely transmitted to the first terminal that has passed the authentication or authorization and be parsed and used, thereby improving the security of the information transmission process and the reliability of the data source.
  • the encryption key of the geo-fence can be obtained by using cloud security, or a secret key can be shared among devices with vehicle control authority (such as the first terminal)
  • vehicle control authority such as the first terminal
  • the encryption key for the geofence is derived from this shared key.
  • S702 according to the second positioning information and the geo-fence, determine the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence.
  • the terminal after determining the first positioning information, performs a second positioning operation to obtain real-time position information of the terminal during the movement process.
  • the location relationship between the terminal and the geofence may include: the terminal is within the geofence or the terminal is outside the geofence.
  • the location relationship of the terminal when the location relationship of the terminal changes from within the geofence to outside the geofence, it may indicate that the terminal leaves the geofence area; or, when the location relationship of the terminal changes from outside the geofence to inside the geofence When , it can indicate that the terminal enters the geo-fenced area.
  • the terminal may send a corresponding instruction message to the vehicle based on its departure or entry into the geo-fence, where the instruction message is used to instruct the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation.
  • the first indication information may be sent to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; or, when the terminal enters the geo-fence, the first indication information may be sent to the vehicle.
  • Second instruction information the second instruction information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
  • the first target operation includes door lock, window lock, trunk lock and other operations corresponding to the terminal moving away from the vehicle;
  • the second target operation includes door unlocking, window unlocking, trunk unlocking, allowing the engine to be started, etc. and the terminal is close to the vehicle corresponding operation.
  • allowing the engine to be started in the embodiment of the present application means that when the terminal enters the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the target action of allowing the engine to be started, the vehicle can enter the state of allowing the engine to start under the instruction of the terminal, In this state, if the user performs a trigger operation, such as pressing the start button, the engine of the vehicle can be started, otherwise there is no response.
  • a trigger operation such as pressing the start button
  • the terminal may encrypt the above instruction message, and send the encrypted instruction message to the vehicle.
  • the encryption process may include, for example, encryption of a key and adding a signature, where the key may be an authentication key used in the authentication process of the terminal and the vehicle.
  • the terminal may send the indication message to the vehicle as a separate message, or may be carried in other notification messages and sent to the vehicle.
  • the terminal when the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, the terminal sends a notification message to the vehicle to notify the vehicle that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, and the notification message may carry the above-mentioned indication information or the above-mentioned encrypted indication information;
  • the terminal When a fenced area is present, the terminal sends a notification message to the vehicle to notify the vehicle that the terminal enters the geo-fenced area, and the notification message may carry the above-mentioned indication message or the above-mentioned encrypted indication message.
  • the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result.
  • the choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle does not need to be calculated based on the absolute precise geographic location of the two, but only the precise relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle needs to be calculated. That's it. However, it takes a while for the user to leave the vehicle and return to the vehicle. Due to changes in environmental factors, etc., there may be a discrepancy between the first positioning information measured by the terminal when it is parked and the second positioning information measured later, so that the terminal cannot obtain an accurate relative distance between it and the vehicle, and thus cannot accurately indicate The vehicle performs the corresponding target operation.
  • the terminal can use the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle to measure the positioning information (such as the second positioning information) of the terminal itself. Or the information of the geo-fence is corrected; or, the vehicle obtains the positioning error correction information according to its own positioning reference information, and the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the positioning information of the geo-fence and the terminal to eliminate the different moments caused by environmental factors.
  • the positioning information measures the deviation of the value, and then obtains a more accurate relative position between the two.
  • the positioning result of the terminal can be selectively modified by using the positioning reference information of the vehicle.
  • the terminal adopts a positioning method with high positioning accuracy such as RTK positioning
  • the geo-fence and terminal positioning information can be corrected based on the positioning correction information of the vehicle.
  • the following further describes the process and principle of the terminal using the vehicle terminal information to correct the information of the geo-fence or the real-time location information of the terminal with reference to FIG. 8 .
  • the information of the parking position measured by the vehicle may be recorded as first positioning reference information, and the position coordinates corresponding to the first positioning reference information are represented by A.
  • the coordinate of the vehicle geo-fence calculated by the terminal based on the first positioning information is marked as B.
  • the terminal can perform the second positioning operation.
  • the second positioning reference information measured by the vehicle is denoted as A'. Due to changes in environmental factors, etc., the measured values of A and A' may be different. However, because the vehicle does not move during the stop phase, the actual positions corresponding to the two are actually the same, so the error value ⁇ A between A and A' can represent the deviation of the positioning information caused by environmental factors.
  • the information of the geofence In order to make the information of the geofence also overcome the influence of the external environment and other factors, that is, to overcome the error environment when the terminal measures the first positioning information to generate the geofence, and the error environment when measuring the second positioning information and judging whether to enter the geofence is different. If the location information of the terminal and the vehicle location information are corrected to an error environment, the information B of the geo-fence generated by the terminal when parking is corrected to the error environment at the time of returning to the vehicle, and the error value ⁇ A can be used to determine the coordinate B Correction is made.
  • the second positioning information of the terminal and the coordinates of the geo-fence are measured under the error condition of the time when the terminal returns to the vehicle, the influence of the external environment and other conditions is eliminated, and a more accurate relative relationship between the two can be obtained. distance.
  • the terminal can also correct its own second positioning information based on the error value ⁇ A, overcome the influence of environmental factors during the period when the terminal leaves and returns, and correct it to the error environment of the vehicle parking time.
  • the terminal can also correct its own second positioning information based on the error value ⁇ A, overcome the influence of environmental factors during the period when the terminal leaves and returns, and correct it to the error environment of the vehicle parking time.
  • the above process can also be used to correct the geo-fence information or the second positioning information. It will not be repeated here.
  • the use of the difference between the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to correct the second positioning information or the geo-fence described in this embodiment is only an example, and in practical applications, it may also be based on the positioning of the vehicle.
  • Other methods for correcting the positioning information of the terminal or the geo-fence error are designed with reference to the information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result.
  • the choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic diagram of the terminal using the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle to correct the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information.
  • the process can include the following steps:
  • S901 Receive first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information sent by the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal performing the second positioning When in operation, the vehicle's measured parking position.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle has a positioning function (for example, the vehicle supports RTK positioning or GNSS positioning, etc.), in order to make the positioning information of the geo-fence obtained by the terminal more accurate, the vehicle can send the positioning reference information measured by itself to the The terminal uses the positioning reference information to correct the geo-fence and its own positioning information.
  • a positioning function for example, the vehicle supports RTK positioning or GNSS positioning, etc.
  • the vehicle may measure the first positioning reference information when the vehicle is parked.
  • the first positioning reference information may be the vehicle's own parking position measured when the terminal performs the first positioning operation. For example, when the vehicle receives a trigger event, or when the vehicle sends a positioning trigger message to the terminal, the vehicle itself also performs a positioning operation, and obtains first positioning reference information indicating the current parking position of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle may measure its current parking position to obtain the second positioning reference information during the process of the terminal performing the second positioning operation. For example, when the terminal approaches the vehicle again, after the terminal and the vehicle establish a wireless connection again and pass the authentication, the vehicle can measure the parking position at this time and obtain the second positioning reference information; or, when the terminal is away from the vehicle, if the terminal During the process of moving to the preset distance or the boundary of the geo-fence, the position information measured by the vehicle at this time is the second positioning reference information.
  • the vehicle can send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal; the terminal uses the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to run an error correction algorithm to correct the geo-fence of the vehicle. information or second positioning information to overcome the positioning deviation caused by environmental factors.
  • the vehicle may send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal at the same time; or, the vehicle may first send the first positioning reference information to the terminal, and the terminal will store the first positioning reference information. After the second positioning reference information is measured, the second positioning reference information is sent to the terminal.
  • the process may include the following steps:
  • S1001 Receive positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is generated by the vehicle based on first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information obtained by the vehicle itself, and the first positioning reference information is that when the terminal performs a first positioning operation, the vehicle detects The second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation.
  • the vehicle when the vehicle has a positioning function (for example, the vehicle supports RTK positioning or GNSS positioning, etc.), in order to make the positioning information of the geo-fence obtained by the terminal more accurate, the vehicle can use the positioning information obtained by itself to obtain the positioning error. Correction information, the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the geo-fence and its own positioning information.
  • a positioning function for example, the vehicle supports RTK positioning or GNSS positioning, etc.
  • the vehicle can calculate the error value according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, and send it to the terminal as the positioning error correction information, so that the terminal can correct the geo-fence information or the second positioning information.
  • the terminal can run an error correction algorithm according to the positioning error correction information to correct the information of the vehicle's geo-fence or the second positioning information, so as to overcome the positioning deviation caused by environmental factors.
  • the vehicle position information and the geo-fence positioning information obtained by the terminal are corrected, so that the terminal positioning information, the vehicle parking position or the geo-fence can be corrected to In the error environment at the same time/environment, the positioning deviation caused by environmental changes at different times is overcome, the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle is improved, and the accuracy of the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform related operations is improved.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of still another terminal positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal and the vehicle can establish short-distance communication.
  • the terminal uses the positioning function to locate its own position. Since the terminal and the vehicle are relatively close, the positioning information can be used to indicate the parking of the vehicle. Location.
  • the terminal can draw the geo-fence of the vehicle based on the location information and the obtained vehicle geo-fence parameter information and algorithm strategy, etc., and control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations based on the geo-fence information and subsequent terminal positioning information.
  • the specific process may include the following steps.
  • the vehicle detects a trigger event.
  • the trigger event may include a change in the state of the vehicle, the authentication between the vehicle and the terminal, or the arrival of the destination determined by the vehicle volume terminal according to the navigation result, and the like.
  • the vehicle state change may include the vehicle changing from the running state to the flameout state, the P-gear state and other parking states;
  • the authentication between the vehicle and the terminal may be, for example, digital car key key authentication, establishment of a wireless communication connection between the vehicle and the terminal, etc.
  • the vehicle sends a positioning trigger message to the terminal.
  • the vehicle After a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the vehicle generates a positioning trigger message, and the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform a positioning operation.
  • the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
  • the terminal may judge whether the terminal positioning requirement is met based on the current positioning condition. For example, the terminal can determine whether positioning information (such as satellite signals or 5G signals, etc.) can be received, or the terminal can determine whether the quality of the currently received positioning signal can meet the positioning requirements, etc.
  • positioning information such as satellite signals or 5G signals, etc.
  • step S1103(a) is executed, the current position information of the terminal is calculated, and the geo-fence of the vehicle is drawn.
  • step S1103(b) is performed to return to the normal interaction process.
  • the conventional interaction process may be to fall back to an existing solution according to a preset policy, for example, a vehicle based on RSSI positioning, a user's active control through an App, or an NFC solution.
  • the vehicle may also be compatible with various existing manners to perform corresponding operations.
  • the terminal can send a notification message to the vehicle to notify the vehicle to use the vehicle supported by the vehicle.
  • Other ways to complete the corresponding operation For example, let the vehicle locate the vehicle and the terminal based on RSSI, and then perform corresponding operations based on the distance between the terminal and the vehicle.
  • the terminal when the terminal determines that the terminal positioning cannot be performed currently, the terminal can display a prompt message to the user, such as "the current positioning signal is weak, and the terminal positioning cannot be performed", etc. After that, the user can use the digital car key application on the terminal. Manually click on the corresponding operation option (such as an option instructing the vehicle to lock the door, etc.), so that the vehicle performs the corresponding operation.
  • the process for some vehicles to perform corresponding operations based on the existing method can refer to the existing process, which will not be described in detail here, and the following only introduces the situation that the terminal satisfies the positioning performed by the terminal.
  • the terminal determines the interaction mode when the terminal is far away from the vehicle or when the terminal approaches the vehicle again.
  • the interaction mode here may include instructing the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation by using a terminal positioning method, or causing the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation according to other existing methods.
  • the terminal determines that the terminal interacts with the vehicle during the current process of moving away from the vehicle or when the terminal approaches the vehicle again as the terminal controls the vehicle based on the positioning information.
  • the terminal interacts with the vehicle based on the positioning information. Since the position of the vehicle generally does not change after the vehicle is parked, when the terminal approaches the vehicle again, the positioning conditions generally do not change significantly. Use the terminal's previous sensorless interaction with the vehicle based on positioning information.
  • the terminal sends the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
  • the information of the geo-fence can be stored in the terminal; the information of the geo-fence can also be sent to the vehicle, and the vehicle can store the information in a safe storage space.
  • the vehicle can send the geo-fence information
  • the first terminal enables the first terminal to also execute the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal can encrypt the information of the geo-fence, and send the encrypted information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
  • the terminal can use the key of the terminal to encrypt the information of the geo-fence, or the Add a signature to the information to improve the security of the information transmission process and the reliability of the source, wherein the key of the terminal can be the key used in the authentication process between the terminal and the vehicle, or the terminal and at least one first terminal. encryption key.
  • the terminal When the user brings the terminal close to the vehicle again, the terminal can locate its own position in real time; when the terminal is close to the vehicle position, it can establish wireless communication with the vehicle again, and can also key with the vehicle based on the digital car key key Certification.
  • the terminal When the terminal establishes a wireless connection with the vehicle or passes the authentication, the vehicle can trigger the terminal to perform a positioning operation, and the terminal can detect whether a positioning trigger message has been received.
  • the event that triggers the positioning of the terminal may be, for example, a separate positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle to the terminal; or, an authentication pass message sent by the vehicle to the terminal, and the authentication pass message carries information indicating the terminal to perform subsequent positioning, etc. .
  • the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
  • the terminal performs terminal positioning, and based on the information of the geo-fence, continuously monitors and determines whether the terminal enters the geo-fence.
  • the terminal may obtain the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle from its own safe storage space or from the vehicle exit.
  • the terminal can perform high-precision positioning, continuously monitor its position, and determine whether the terminal enters the geo-fence.
  • the instruction message may be used to notify the vehicle that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, and the instruction message may carry a control instruction generated by the terminal to instruct the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation.
  • the instruction message or control instruction can be encrypted and protected based on the key of the terminal to prevent interception and use by other devices.
  • the key of the terminal may be the key used in the authentication process between the terminal and the vehicle.
  • the vehicle performs a corresponding target operation according to the instruction message.
  • the corresponding control operation may be an operation corresponding to the event that the terminal enters the geo-fence, such as unlocking the door of the vehicle.
  • the terminal positioning method provided in the embodiments of the present application may include various methods for terminal positioning, such as Bluetooth, UWB, or RTK as the core, combined with base station, Bluetooth, GPS, Beidou positioning technology, AGPS, historical data, 5G and other optimized positioning methods.
  • the positioning method of the terminal only needs to meet the accuracy requirement of the terminal positioning, and the specific positioning method adopted by the terminal is not limited in the present application.
  • the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result.
  • the choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another terminal positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle can cooperate with the terminal to perform positioning to complete the judgment of the relative distance, wherein the vehicle can be used as the reference point of the terminal positioning and provide the positioning error correction information to the terminal. , so that the terminal can accurately calculate the relative position between it and the vehicle.
  • the specific process may include the following steps.
  • the vehicle detects a trigger event.
  • the vehicle sends a positioning trigger message to the terminal.
  • the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
  • the terminal determines the interaction mode when the terminal is far away from the vehicle or the terminal approaches the vehicle again.
  • the vehicle sends the first positioning reference information to the terminal.
  • the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the vehicle also performs the positioning operation, and obtains the first positioning reference information indicating the parking position of the vehicle. After that, the vehicle sends the first positioning reference information to the terminal, and the terminal can store the first positioning reference information in a local storage space, so as to use the information to perform positioning error correction subsequently.
  • the terminal performs a first positioning operation, and generates a geo-fence of the vehicle.
  • the terminal sends the information of the geofence to the vehicle.
  • the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
  • the vehicle sends the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
  • the terminal after the terminal determines that the terminal positioning can be performed, it can feedback to the vehicle. After that, the vehicle can send the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
  • the terminal performs a second positioning operation; the terminal corrects the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence; and the terminal determines that the terminal has entered the geo-fence.
  • the second positioning operation performed by the terminal here is to locate the moving position of the terminal in the process of approaching the vehicle.
  • the terminal may use the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to modify the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence.
  • the terminal determines that the terminal enters the geo-fence area based on the revised second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence.
  • the vehicle performs the corresponding target operation according to the instruction message.
  • the terminal positioning method provided in the embodiments of the present application may include various terminal positioning methods, such as RTK technology, Beidou positioning technology, GPS positioning technology, etc., as long as the accuracy requirements of terminal positioning are met.
  • the specific positioning method adopted by the terminal is not limited.
  • the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result.
  • the choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
  • the terminal includes corresponding hardware and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the positioning steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functionality for each particular application in conjunction with the embodiments, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the terminal may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided into each function corresponding to each function, such as a positioning unit, a processing unit, a sending unit, etc., or two or more functions may be divided into integrated in a processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 1300 includes: a receiving module 1301 , a positioning module 1302 and an indicating module 1303 .
  • the receiving module 1301 is configured to receive a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform a positioning operation.
  • the positioning module 1302 is configured to perform a first positioning operation in response to the positioning trigger message, where the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information corresponding to the current location of the terminal, and the current location of the terminal is the same as the current location of the terminal.
  • the distance between the vehicles is less than a first threshold; a second positioning operation is performed, and the second positioning operation is used to obtain second positioning information corresponding to the real-time position of the terminal during the movement.
  • the instructing module 1303 is configured to instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information.
  • the terminal 1300 may further include a processing module configured to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information; wherein, when the relative distance is When the distance is greater than the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
  • a processing module configured to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information; wherein, when the relative distance is When the distance is greater than the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the first positioning information.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the positional relationship between the terminal and the geofence according to the second positioning information and the information of the geofence; when determining the positional relationship according to the positional relationship When the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when it is determined according to the location relationship that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
  • the receiving module 1301 is further configured to receive first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information sent by the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is for the terminal to perform the first positioning operation is the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation.
  • the processing module is further configured to correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information.
  • the receiving module 1301 is further configured to receive the positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is obtained by the vehicle based on the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information based on itself generating, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is when the terminal performs the second positioning operation , the measured parking position of the vehicle.
  • the processing module is further configured to correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information according to the positioning error correction information.
  • the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle;
  • the second target operation includes at least one of the following: unlocking the doors of the vehicle, unlocking the windows, unlocking the trunk, and starting the engine.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine whether the current positioning condition meets the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning; wherein, when the positioning conditions do not meet the positioning requirements, notify the vehicle to pass the received
  • the signal strength indicates at least one of RSSI, near field communication, NFC, or manual user action to perform the target operation.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine whether a positioning signal is received; or, determine whether the quality of the received positioning signal meets the positioning requirement.
  • the terminal 1300 may further include a sending module, configured to send the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
  • the terminal 1300 may further include an encryption module for encrypting the information of the geo-fence, and the encryption method includes key encryption and signature encryption.
  • the sending module can also be used to send encrypted geo-fence information to the vehicle.
  • the receiving module can also be used to receive the geo-fence information sent by the vehicle.
  • the processing unit may also be configured to determine the positional relationship between the terminal and the geofence according to the second positioning information and the information of the geofence.
  • the positioning method adopted by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS, wireless fidelity Wi-Fi positioning, cellular network positioning, and Internet-based big data fusion positioning.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle 1400 includes: a receiving module 1401 , a processing module 1402 and a sending module 1403 .
  • the receiving module 1401 can be used to acquire the trigger event.
  • the processing module 1402 may be configured to generate a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform positioning.
  • the sending module 1403 may be configured to send a positioning trigger message to the terminal.
  • the vehicle 1400 further includes a positioning module, configured to acquire first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is for the terminal to perform the first positioning operation is the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs a second positioning operation.
  • a positioning module configured to acquire first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is for the terminal to perform the first positioning operation is the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs a second positioning operation.
  • the sending module 1403 is configured to send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
  • the positioning module is configured to acquire first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the The parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs a second positioning operation.
  • a processing module 1402 configured to determine positioning error correction information according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information
  • the sending module 1403 is configured to send the positioning error correction information to the terminal.
  • the vehicle 1400 may further include a receiving module and an operation module, wherein the receiving module may be configured to receive an instruction message sent by the terminal, wherein the instruction message is used to instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation , the target operation corresponds to the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle, or the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence.
  • the operation module can be used to execute the target operation according to the instruction message.
  • the target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle; or, door unlocking, window unlocking, trunk unlocking, opening of the vehicle engine.
  • the receiving module may also be configured to receive the geofence information sent by the terminal.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a system for positioning a terminal, including a terminal and a vehicle for executing the method for positioning a terminal according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer or the processor is run on the computer, the computer or the processor causes the computer or the processor to execute any one of the above methods. or multiple steps.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions.
  • the computer program product when run on a computer or processor, causes the computer or processor to perform one or more steps of any of the above methods.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted over a computer-readable storage medium. The computer instructions can be sent from one website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center for transmission.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • the process can be completed by instructing the relevant hardware by a computer program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and when the program is executed, The process of each method embodiment described above may be included.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: ROM or random storage memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Lock And Its Accessories (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of positioning, and provide a terminal positioning method and a terminal. The method is applied to a terminal having a positioning function, and comprises: receiving a positioning trigger message sent by a vehicle; in response to the positioning trigger message, obtaining first positioning information of a position where the terminal is currently located, the first positioning information being used for indicating the current position of the vehicle; and instructing, according to the first positioning information and second positioning information of the terminal, the vehicle to execute a target operation, the second positioning information being real-time position information measured by the terminal during a positioning operation. According to the present application, by dominating a positioning operation on a terminal side, the terminal can match or be compatible with multiple positioning technologies by taking advantage of the fast iteration speed of the terminal, and the optionality of positioning technology can be increased and the accuracy of vehicle control can be improved without relying on vehicle hardware.

Description

终端定位的方法及终端Terminal positioning method and terminal
本申请要求于2020年12月22日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202011530023.5、申请名称为“终端定位的方法及终端”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202011530023.5 and the application title "Method and Terminal for Terminal Positioning" submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on December 22, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference .
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及定位技术领域,尤其涉及一种终端定位的方法及终端。The present application relates to the field of positioning technologies, and in particular, to a terminal positioning method and terminal.
背景技术Background technique
随着汽车网联化的普及,数字车钥匙(或“数字钥匙”)产品应运而生,其可以通过用户终端(如手机、可穿戴设备等)实现汽车解闭锁、启动发动机等功能,并且利用智能网联汽车的无线通信模块实现数字车钥匙生命周期远程管理以及钥匙的分享等功能。目前来说,数字钥匙的无感钥匙(passive entry passive start,PEPS)功能能够给用户带来最佳的使用体验,该功能利用汽车对终端进行定位,当用户携带终端进入到车辆的无感操作范围内,就能够触发汽车解闭锁等相关流程,无需用户在终端进行管理操作。With the popularization of car networking, digital car key (or "digital key") products have emerged, which can unlock the car, start the engine and other functions through user terminals (such as mobile phones, wearable devices, etc.), and use The wireless communication module of the intelligent connected car realizes the functions of remote management of the life cycle of the digital car key and sharing of the key. At present, the passive entry passive start (PEPS) function of the digital key can bring the best user experience to the user. This function uses the car to locate the terminal. Within the range, related processes such as car unlocking can be triggered without the need for users to perform management operations on the terminal.
无感钥匙功能的效果,依赖于定位信息的准确性。然而,在目前的无感钥匙架构中,对终端定位、终端进入特定区域的识别等的操作是由车辆端执行的,需要利用车辆的软硬件实现,而相对于快速发展的定位技术来说,由车辆端进行定位存在诸多不足,会影响定位的准确性。The effect of the sensorless key function depends on the accuracy of the positioning information. However, in the current sensorless key architecture, operations such as terminal positioning and identification of the terminal entering a specific area are performed by the vehicle side, which needs to be implemented by the software and hardware of the vehicle. Compared with the rapidly developing positioning technology, There are many shortcomings in positioning by the vehicle end, which will affect the accuracy of positioning.
一方面,车辆定位采用的接收信号强度指示(receive signal strength indication,RSSI)方案抗干扰能力差,而后续的高精度蓝牙定位技术、超宽带(ultra wide band,UWB)技术等又无法实现存量设备的硬件兼容,导致无感钥匙体验的提升主要依赖车端硬件的迭代,然而,车辆硬件的研发周期比较长,例如早期硬件选型后2年左右才能量产,导致量产时硬件的性能很难保证和当时最新的定位技术匹配,加之车辆的生命周期较长,用户通常很多年后才会置换新车,使得对于用户来说无感钥匙体验的提升进程十分缓慢。另一方面,目前为了达到定位精度20cm的需求,通常需要在车辆端部署多个测距节点以实现对钥匙端的定位,增加了部署的成本和复杂性。On the one hand, the received signal strength indication (RSSI) scheme used in vehicle positioning has poor anti-interference ability, and the subsequent high-precision Bluetooth positioning technology and ultra-wide band (UWB) technology cannot realize the stock equipment. However, the R&D cycle of vehicle hardware is relatively long. For example, it can only be mass-produced after 2 years of early hardware selection, resulting in poor performance of the hardware during mass production. It is difficult to ensure that it matches the latest positioning technology at that time. In addition, the life cycle of the vehicle is long, and users usually replace the new car after many years, which makes the improvement process of the sensorless key experience very slow for users. On the other hand, in order to meet the requirement of positioning accuracy of 20cm, it is usually necessary to deploy multiple ranging nodes on the vehicle end to realize the positioning of the key end, which increases the cost and complexity of deployment.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供了一种终端定位的方法,通过在终端主导定位流程,并基于定位结果实现终端与车辆之间的交互,解决了目前由车辆端进行定位时,定位技术精度受限于车辆硬件更新慢,导致车辆控制准确性低的问题。This application provides a method for terminal positioning. By leading the positioning process in the terminal and realizing the interaction between the terminal and the vehicle based on the positioning result, it solves the problem that the accuracy of positioning technology is limited by the update of vehicle hardware when the current positioning is performed by the vehicle terminal. slow, resulting in the problem of low vehicle control accuracy.
第一方面,提供了一种终端定位的方法,通过由终端在车辆发生触发事件时,对终端自身的位置进行第一定位操作,获取指示终端当前位置的第一定位信息,并且将终端当前的位置视为车辆发生触发事件时的位置(如停车位置);接着,终端可以对终端的实时位置进行第二定位操作,获取例如终端在下车后的移动过程中的实时位置(实时位置可以用第二定位信息来指示);然后,终端利用第一定位信息和第二定位信息判断该终端与车辆位置之间的相对距离,并基于相对距离(如比较相对距离和预设距离的大小,或者比较相对距离与地理围栏的相对位置关系),控制车辆执行对应的操作。In a first aspect, a method for positioning a terminal is provided. When a trigger event occurs in a vehicle, the terminal performs a first positioning operation on the position of the terminal itself, obtains first positioning information indicating the current position of the terminal, and converts the current position of the terminal to the terminal. The position is regarded as the position of the vehicle when the trigger event occurs (such as the parking position); then, the terminal can perform a second positioning operation on the real-time position of the terminal to obtain, for example, the real-time position of the terminal during the movement process after getting off the car (the real-time position can be used in the first position). Then, the terminal uses the first positioning information and the second positioning information to judge the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle position, and based on the relative distance (such as comparing the relative distance and the preset distance, or comparing The relative distance and the relative position of the geofence), control the vehicle to perform the corresponding operation.
通过上述方法,能够由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结 果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。Through the above method, the terminal can start the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determine whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result, which can avoid the positioning process relying on the vehicle to complete, and the selection of positioning technology is limited by the vehicle. end hardware. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
本申请涉及的终端可以包括电子钥匙设备、手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备等具有定位功能的设备。该终端具有数字钥匙功能或者安装有车辆数字钥匙应用等,可以作为车辆的智能钥匙。The terminals involved in this application may include devices with positioning functions, such as electronic key devices, mobile phones, tablet computers, and wearable devices. The terminal has a digital key function or is installed with a vehicle digital key application, etc., and can be used as a vehicle's smart key.
在一种实现方式中,当车辆接收到触发事件后,如车辆由行驶状态变为停止状态或车辆与终端建立连接并认证通过等,会生成定位触发消息。车辆可以向终端发送该定位触发消息,终端接收到定位触发消息后,响应于该定位触发消息,执行第一定位操作。该第一定位操作用于对终端当前所在的位置进行定位,并获取指示终端当前所在位置的第一定位信息。In an implementation manner, when the vehicle receives a trigger event, such as the vehicle changes from a running state to a stopped state or the vehicle and the terminal establish a connection and pass the authentication, a positioning trigger message will be generated. The vehicle may send the positioning trigger message to the terminal, and after receiving the positioning trigger message, the terminal performs the first positioning operation in response to the positioning trigger message. The first positioning operation is used to locate the current position of the terminal, and obtain first positioning information indicating the current position of the terminal.
在另一实现方式中,终端可以设置针对触发事件的提醒消息,当车辆发生触发事件时,终端会生成该提醒消息,且终端响应于该提醒消息可以执行第一定位操作。In another implementation manner, the terminal may set a reminder message for a trigger event, when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the terminal will generate the reminder message, and the terminal may perform the first positioning operation in response to the reminder message.
比如,终端上可以根据第三方应用程序对车辆的目的地址进行设置,当车辆到达目的地址后,该第三方应用可以生成提醒消息(如车辆到达目的地址;之后,终端可以根据该提醒消息,执行第一定位操作。For example, the destination address of the vehicle can be set on the terminal according to a third-party application. When the vehicle arrives at the destination address, the third-party application can generate a reminder message (for example, the vehicle arrives at the destination address; after that, the terminal can execute the operation according to the reminder message. The first positioning operation.
换言之,当车辆发生触发事件时,终端可以在车辆的指示下执行第一定位操作,也可以自发地执行第一定位操作。In other words, when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the terminal may perform the first positioning operation under the instruction of the vehicle, or may perform the first positioning operation spontaneously.
应理解,当车辆停止时,终端仍然处于车辆内或者与车辆之间的距离很小时,此时,终端与车辆之间的距离值小于第一阈值,可以用第一定位信息来指示车辆的停车位置,换句话说,第一定位信息指示的位置可以作为终端定位的锚点。It should be understood that when the vehicle stops, the terminal is still in the vehicle or the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is very small. At this time, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than the first threshold, and the first positioning information can be used to indicate the parking of the vehicle. Position, in other words, the position indicated by the first positioning information may serve as an anchor point for terminal positioning.
在一种实现方式中,终端进行完第一定位操作后,用户携带终端离开车辆,在终端远离车辆或者再次靠近车辆的过程中,可以执行第二定位操作。该第二定位操作用于对终端移动过程中的实时位置进行定位。In an implementation manner, after the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the user leaves the vehicle with the terminal, and the second positioning operation may be performed while the terminal is moving away from the vehicle or approaching the vehicle again. The second positioning operation is used for positioning the real-time position of the terminal during the moving process.
可选地,第二定位操作可以在终端离开车辆至再次靠近车辆过程中,周期性地对自身移动位置进行监测;或者,第二定位操作仅在终端与车辆保持无线连接过程中进行,如果当终端距离车辆较远,无线连接断开时,终端可以停止第二定位操作,而当终端再次靠近车辆时,两者再次无线连接时,终端可以再次进行第二定位操作。Optionally, the second positioning operation may periodically monitor its own moving position during the process of the terminal leaving the vehicle and approaching the vehicle again; When the terminal is far from the vehicle and the wireless connection is disconnected, the terminal can stop the second positioning operation, and when the terminal approaches the vehicle again and the two are wirelessly connected again, the terminal can perform the second positioning operation again.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以根据利用第一定位信息,以及终端在移动过程中的第二定位信息,确定终端与车辆之间的相对距离,然后根据相对距离指示车辆执行相应的目标操作。In an implementation manner, the terminal may determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information during the movement of the terminal, and then instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation according to the relative distance.
应理解,在终端与车辆交互的场景下,由于这两者之间的无感交互体验依赖于精确的定位结果,因此,能够灵活选用定位方式对实现终端和车辆之间的准确交互起到至关重要的作用。It should be understood that in the scenario where the terminal interacts with the vehicle, since the sensorless interaction experience between the two depends on the precise positioning result, the flexible selection of the positioning method is essential for the accurate interaction between the terminal and the vehicle. important role.
根据本申请提供的终端定位的方法,终端通过自身实时定位信息和车辆基准位置信息,可以判断终端与车辆之间的相对距离,并根据相对距离与预设距离的关系指示车辆进行对应的相关操作。该过程由终端执行定位操作,并基于定位信息控制车辆执行对应的操作,无需对车辆侧的软硬件进行频繁更新,同时也无需人力参与,能够实现终端自动对车辆的进行控制,在保证车辆控制便捷性的前提下,提升了车辆控制的准确性和用户的无感操作体验。According to the terminal positioning method provided in this application, the terminal can judge the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle through its own real-time positioning information and the vehicle reference position information, and instruct the vehicle to perform corresponding operations according to the relationship between the relative distance and the preset distance. . In this process, the terminal performs the positioning operation, and controls the vehicle to perform the corresponding operation based on the positioning information. There is no need to update the software and hardware on the vehicle side frequently, and there is no need for human participation. The terminal can automatically control the vehicle, ensuring vehicle control. On the premise of convenience, the accuracy of vehicle control and the user's senseless operation experience are improved.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端可以根据第一定位信息和第二定位信息,指示所述车辆执行目标操作,具体包括:终端根据第一定位信息和第二定位信息,确定所述终端与所述车辆的相对距离;其中,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离大于预设距离时,指示车辆执行第一目标操作;当终端与车辆之间的相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,指示车辆执行第二目标操作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal may instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information, which specifically includes: the terminal according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information. information to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle; wherein, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or When equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
通过上述方法,终端可以基于终端自身获取的定位信息,自动控制车辆执行相应的操作,该过程可以无需车辆侧执行定位操作,也无需用户在终端进行管理操作,避免了车辆侧硬件对定位精度的限制,同时提升了用户的无感操作体验。Through the above method, the terminal can automatically control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations based on the positioning information obtained by the terminal itself. This process does not require the vehicle side to perform positioning operations, nor does the user need to perform management operations on the terminal, thereby avoiding vehicle-side hardware on the positioning accuracy. Limits, while improving the user's senseless operation experience.
其中,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离大于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第一目标操作,具体可以是,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离由小变大过程中,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离大于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第一目标操作。类似地,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第二目标操作,具体可以是,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离由大变小过程中,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第二目标操作。Wherein, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from small to large, when the terminal and the vehicle When the relative distance between them is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Similarly, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from large to small, when When the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
应理解,预设距离可以根据用户的实际需求灵活设置,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the preset distance can be flexibly set according to the actual needs of the user, which is not limited in this application.
在一种实现方式中,目标操作可以包括车辆在终端指示下能够执行的相关操作,如,解锁车门、锁闭车门;或者,解锁车窗、锁闭车窗;或者,解锁车辆后备箱、解锁车辆后备箱、允许开启发动机等。In one implementation, the target operation may include related operations that the vehicle can perform under the instruction of the terminal, such as unlocking the door, locking the door; or unlocking the window, locking the window; or unlocking the trunk of the vehicle, unlocking The trunk of the vehicle, allowing the engine to be started, etc.
应理解,本申请实施例中的允许开启发动机,是指当终端进入允许开启发动机这一目标动作对应的预设距离或者地理围栏时,车辆在终端的指示下,可以进入允许发动机发动的状态,这该状态下,若用户进行触发操作,如按下发动键,则车辆的发动机可以发动,否则无反应。It should be understood that allowing the engine to be started in the embodiment of the present application means that when the terminal enters the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the target action of allowing the engine to be started, the vehicle can enter the state of allowing the engine to start under the instruction of the terminal, In this state, if the user performs a trigger operation, such as pressing the start button, the engine of the vehicle can be started, otherwise there is no response.
在一种实现方式中,不同的目标操作可以对应不同的预设距离。比如,当上述第一目标操作为锁闭车门或解锁车门时,其对应的第一预设距离;当上述第一目标操作为锁闭车辆的后备箱或解锁后备箱时,其对应的为第二预设距离。该第一预设距离和第二预设距离可以不相同。In an implementation manner, different target operations may correspond to different preset distances. For example, when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the door or unlock the door, the corresponding first preset distance; when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the trunk of the vehicle or unlock the trunk, it corresponds to the first preset distance. Two preset distances. The first preset distance and the second preset distance may be different.
在一种实现方式中,例如对于后备箱开锁的目标动作,其对应的预设距离可以为终端与车辆后部的距离小于一定阈值,例如当终端与车辆后部的距离小于0.5m时,或者终端在后备箱正上方的一定范围内时,车辆后备箱在检测到用户触发动作时会自动打开;而当终端远离车辆后部0.5m,或者远离后备箱正上方的一定范围后,车辆的后备箱会自动锁闭。In one implementation, for example, for the target action of unlocking the trunk, the corresponding preset distance may be that the distance between the terminal and the rear of the vehicle is less than a certain threshold, for example, when the distance between the terminal and the rear of the vehicle is less than 0.5m, or When the terminal is within a certain range directly above the trunk, the trunk of the vehicle will automatically open when it detects the user's trigger action; and when the terminal is 0.5m away from the rear of the vehicle, or a certain range directly above the trunk, the vehicle's back-up The box will automatically lock.
应理解,本申请实施例中,预设距离的大小等可以根据不同目标动作的特点灵活设置,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the size of the preset distance and the like may be flexibly set according to the characteristics of different target actions, which is not limited in the present application.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端基于定位信息指示车辆执行相应的操作还可以采用另一种具体实现方式,也即终端将第一定位信息指示的位置(如车辆的停车位置)作为基准位置,将不同方向上的预设距离作为该方向上的半径(该方向上边界与基准位置之间的距离),生成车辆的地理围栏,然后通过判断终端进入地理围栏,或者离开地理围栏来指示车辆执行对应的操作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, another specific implementation manner may also be adopted for the terminal to instruct the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation based on the positioning information, that is, the terminal sends the position indicated by the first positioning information (for example, the vehicle the parking position) as the reference position, the preset distances in different directions are used as the radius in this direction (the distance between the boundary and the reference position in this direction) to generate the geo-fence of the vehicle, and then enter the geo-fence by judging the terminal, Or leave the geofence to instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding action.
通过上述方法,终端可以基于终端自身获取的定位信息,自动控制车辆执行相应的操作,该过程可以无需车辆侧执行定位操作,也无需用户在终端进行管理操作,避免了 车辆侧硬件对定位精度的限制,同时提升了用户的无感操作体验。Through the above method, the terminal can automatically control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations based on the positioning information obtained by the terminal itself. This process does not require the vehicle side to perform positioning operations, nor does the user need to perform management operations on the terminal, thereby avoiding vehicle-side hardware on the positioning accuracy. Limits, while improving the user's senseless operation experience.
应理解,第一定位信息用于指示车辆的停车位置,而车辆的地理围栏一般可以以停车位置作为基准位置来确定,因此可以以第一定位信息指示的位置作为车辆地理围栏的基准位置,再结合地理围栏边界距离(预设距离),获取车辆的地理围栏。其中,地理围栏的基准位置,可以是地理围栏区域的中心位置,也可以不是该地理围栏的中心位置,此处不做限定。It should be understood that the first positioning information is used to indicate the parking position of the vehicle, and the geo-fence of the vehicle can generally be determined by using the parking position as the reference position, so the position indicated by the first positioning information can be used as the reference position of the geo-fence of the vehicle, and then Combined with the geofence boundary distance (preset distance), get the geofence of the vehicle. The reference position of the geo-fence may be the center position of the geo-fence area, or may not be the center position of the geo-fence, which is not limited here.
示例性的,终端可以根据获取的预设的车辆地理围栏计算策略和算法,以第一定位信息指示的位置(可视为车辆的停车位置)为基准位置,计算车辆的地理围栏的信息。具体地,终端可以由服务器预先获取不同车型的地理围栏生成策略或算法,服务器可以对车辆围栏的生成算法进行持续升级调优,并通过安全方式下发到终端中;终端可以存储多个车辆的地理位置围栏的算法,并根据车辆的标识等加以区分。终端与数字车钥匙应用关联,当终端检测到某把钥匙完成了密钥认证,则在后续定位时采用该钥匙对应的算法生成围栏。Exemplarily, the terminal may calculate the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the acquired preset vehicle geo-fence calculation strategy and algorithm, and use the position indicated by the first positioning information (which can be regarded as the parking position of the vehicle) as the reference position. Specifically, the terminal can obtain the geofence generation strategies or algorithms of different vehicle models in advance from the server, and the server can continuously upgrade and optimize the generation algorithm of the vehicle fence, and deliver it to the terminal in a safe way; the terminal can store the data of multiple vehicles. Algorithms for geo-fencing and distinguishing based on vehicle identification, etc. The terminal is associated with the digital car key application. When the terminal detects that a certain key has completed key authentication, it uses the algorithm corresponding to the key to generate a fence in subsequent positioning.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以预先获取用于计算车辆的地理围栏的其它参数信息,例如地理围栏边界与基准位置之间的距离参数,或者地理围栏尺寸参数、地理围栏区域的形状参数等;而后,终端根据第一定位信息和地理围栏的其它参数信息,确定地理围栏的信息,如地理围栏的边界坐标等,进而获取车辆的地理围栏。In an implementation manner, the terminal may obtain other parameter information for calculating the geofence of the vehicle in advance, such as the distance parameter between the geofence boundary and the reference position, or the size parameter of the geofence, the shape parameter of the geofence area, etc.; Then, the terminal determines the information of the geo-fence, such as the boundary coordinates of the geo-fence, according to the first positioning information and other parameter information of the geo-fence, and then obtains the geo-fence of the vehicle.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以在地图页面的上标注出车辆的地理围栏的区域,使用户能够更加直观的获取其与地理围栏的相对位置。In an implementation manner, the terminal can mark the geo-fence area of the vehicle on the map page, so that the user can obtain the relative position of the vehicle and the geo-fence more intuitively.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端基于自身的实时位置与车辆地理围栏,指示车辆执行目标操作可以包括:根据第二定位信息和地理围栏,确定终端与地理围栏的位置关系(位置关系例如包括终端进入地理围栏区域,或者终端离开地理围栏区域);当根据位置关系,确定终端离开所述地理围栏区域时,指示车辆执行第一目标操作;当根据位置关系,确定终端进入地理围栏区域时,指示车辆执行第二目标操作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, instructing the vehicle to perform the target operation based on the terminal's own real-time location and the vehicle's geo-fence may include: according to the second positioning information and the geo-fence, determining the distance between the terminal and the geo-fence. Location relationship (the location relationship includes, for example, that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, or the terminal leaves the geo-fence area); when it is determined that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area according to the location relationship, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; When the terminal enters the geo-fenced area, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
根据上述方法,通过对终端离开或进入车辆的地理围栏区域进行判断,指示车辆执行相应的目标操作,无需终端持续对终端与车辆之间的相对距离和预设距离进行比较,终端能够通过终端的实时位置和地理围栏的边界位置,更加直观便捷地获知终端与地理围栏的位置关系,从而在带给用户良好无感体验的同时,节省终端的计算资源,保证终端的性能。According to the above method, by judging that the terminal leaves or enters the geo-fenced area of the vehicle, and instructing the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation, the terminal does not need to continuously compare the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle and the preset distance, and the terminal can pass the terminal's The real-time location and the boundary position of the geo-fence can more intuitively and conveniently know the location relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence, so as to bring the user a good non-sensing experience, save the computing resources of the terminal, and ensure the performance of the terminal.
应理解,在基于终端的第一定位信息和第二定位信息,判断终端和车辆之间的相对距离外,还可以根据终端与车辆的地理围栏的位置关系,判断终端与车辆之间的距离。It should be understood that in addition to judging the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle based on the first positioning information and the second positioning information of the terminal, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle can also be judged according to the positional relationship between the terminal and the vehicle's geo-fence.
在一种实现方式中,地理围栏区域与车辆的无感操作区域可以相同。地理围栏边界距离该车辆参考点的距离可以为上述预设距离,换句话说,地理围栏边界各处与基准位置之间的距离,可以等效为各方向对应的预设距离。In one implementation, the geo-fenced area may be the same as the sensorless operating area of the vehicle. The distance between the geo-fence boundary and the vehicle reference point may be the above-mentioned preset distance. In other words, the distance between each location of the geo-fence boundary and the reference position may be equivalent to the preset distance corresponding to each direction.
在一种实现方式中,终端离开地理围栏区域和终端进入地理围栏区域分别对应车辆不同的目标操作。In an implementation manner, the terminal leaving the geo-fence area and the terminal entering the geo-fence area respectively correspond to different target operations of the vehicle.
在一种实现方式中,不同的目标操作对应不同的地理围栏,例如,不同目标操作对应的地理围栏的形状、尺寸等可以不相同。比如,当上述第一目标操作为锁闭车门或解锁车门时,其对应的为第一地理围栏;当上述第一目标操作为锁闭车辆的后备箱或解锁后备箱时,其对应的为第二地理围栏。该第一地理围栏和第二地理围栏的边界距离基准 位置的距离可以不相同。In an implementation manner, different target operations correspond to different geo-fences. For example, the geo-fences corresponding to different target operations may have different shapes and sizes. For example, when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the door or unlock the door, it corresponds to the first geo-fence; when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock the trunk of the vehicle or unlock the trunk, it corresponds to the first geo-fence. 2. Geofencing. The boundaries of the first geofence and the second geofence may have different distances from the reference location.
在一种实现方式中,终端指示车辆执行目标操作可以包括:终端向所述车辆发送指示消息,具体地,终端可以利用所述终端的认证密钥对所述指示消息加密,所述认证密钥用于所述终端与所述车辆进行认证;向所述车辆发送加密后的指示消息。In an implementation manner, the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform the target operation may include: the terminal sending an instruction message to the vehicle. Specifically, the terminal may encrypt the instruction message by using an authentication key of the terminal, and the authentication key may be used to encrypt the instruction message. used for the terminal to authenticate with the vehicle; sending an encrypted instruction message to the vehicle.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result. The choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当车辆也具有定位功能时,车辆也可以将车辆测得的定位参考信息发送给终端,使终端利用车辆的定位参考信息对终端获取的信息(例如第二定位信息或者地理围栏的信息)进行修正,以克服随时间变化的环境因素对定位信息的准确性的影响。具体地,终端可以接收所述车辆发送的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置信息,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置信息;根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the vehicle also has a positioning function, the vehicle can also send the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle to the terminal, so that the terminal can use the positioning reference information of the vehicle to obtain the terminal from the terminal. The information (for example, the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence) is corrected to overcome the influence of environmental factors that change over time on the accuracy of the positioning information. Specifically, the terminal may receive the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information sent by the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation. parking position information, the second positioning reference information is the parking position information measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation; according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, correcting the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过利用车辆本身测量的定位信息,对终端获取的车辆位置信息和地理围栏定位信息进行修正,能够把终端定位信息修正到相同的误差环境中,从而克服不同时刻的环境变化等外部条件导致的定位偏差,提高终端与车辆相对位置的准确性,进而提高车辆在预设范围执行相关操作时的精确度。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, by using the positioning information measured by the vehicle itself, the vehicle position information and the geo-fence positioning information obtained by the terminal are corrected, so that the terminal positioning information can be corrected to the same error environment, thereby Overcome the positioning deviation caused by external conditions such as environmental changes at different times, improve the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle, and then improve the accuracy of the vehicle when performing related operations within a preset range.
在一种实现方式中,在车辆具有定位功能时,车辆可以在停车时,测量车辆的第一定位参考信息。该第一定位参考信息可以为终端执行第一定位操作的过程中,车辆测量的停车位置。具体地,当车辆接收到触发事件(如车辆的行驶状态变化、车辆与终端建立无线连接并认证通过等)时,或者在车辆向终端发送触发消息时,车辆也执行定位操作,并获取第一定位参考信息。In an implementation manner, when the vehicle has a positioning function, the vehicle may measure the first positioning reference information of the vehicle when the vehicle is parked. The first positioning reference information may be the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation. Specifically, when the vehicle receives a trigger event (such as a change in the driving state of the vehicle, a wireless connection between the vehicle and the terminal is established and the authentication is passed, etc.), or when the vehicle sends a trigger message to the terminal, the vehicle also performs a positioning operation, and obtains the first Positioning reference information.
在一种实现方式中,第二定位参考信息可以为终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,车辆测量的停车位置。比如,当终端再次靠近车辆的过程中,终端和车辆再次建立无线连接并认证通过后,车辆可以测量此时的停车位置,获取第二定位参考信息;或者,当终端在远离车辆的过程中,如果终端移动至预设距离或者地理围栏的边界的过程中,车辆测量的位置信息为第二定位参考信息。In an implementation manner, the second positioning reference information may be the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the second positioning operation. For example, when the terminal is approaching the vehicle again, after the terminal and the vehicle establish a wireless connection again and pass the authentication, the vehicle can measure the parking position at this time and obtain the second positioning reference information; or, when the terminal is moving away from the vehicle, If the terminal moves to the preset distance or the boundary of the geo-fence, the position information measured by the vehicle is the second positioning reference information.
在一种实现方式中,车辆可以将第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息发送给终端;终端可以利用第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息对地理围栏或第二定位信息进行校正,以获得更准确的位置信息。In an implementation manner, the vehicle may send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal; the terminal may use the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to correct the geo-fence or the second positioning information, for more accurate location information.
可选地,车辆可以向终端同时发送第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息;或者,车辆可以先向终端发送第一定位参考信息,由终端将第一定位参考信息存储,之后,当车辆测量完第二定位参考信息后,再向终端发送第二定位参考信息。Optionally, the vehicle may send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal at the same time; or, the vehicle may first send the first positioning reference information to the terminal, and the terminal will store the first positioning reference information. After the second positioning reference information is measured, the second positioning reference information is sent to the terminal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当车辆也具有定位功能时,车辆可以基于车辆自身测得的定位参考信息计算定位误差修正信息,该定位误差修正信息可以用于指示随时间变化的环境因素等对定位信息造成的影响;车辆可以将该定位误差信息 发送给终端,使终端能够根据该定位误差修正信息对终端获取的信息(例如第二定位信息或者地理围栏的信息)进行修正,以克服随时间变化的环境因素对定位信息的准确性的影响。具体地,终端可以接收所述车辆发送的定位误差修正信息,所述定位误差修正信息由所述车辆基于自身获取的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息生成,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置;根据所述定位误差修正信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the vehicle also has a positioning function, the vehicle can calculate the positioning error correction information based on the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle itself, and the positioning error correction information can be used to indicate The influence of environmental factors over time on the positioning information; the vehicle can send the positioning error information to the terminal, so that the terminal can correct the information obtained by the terminal according to the positioning error information (for example, the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence). ) is corrected to overcome the influence of time-varying environmental factors on the accuracy of the positioning information. Specifically, the terminal may receive positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is generated by the vehicle based on first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information acquired by the vehicle itself, and the first positioning reference information the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation ; According to the positioning error correction information, correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
应理解,本实施例提供的终端定位的方法,以车辆处于停止状态,实际位置不会变动为前提,通过利用车辆端提供的定位误差修正消息,可以将终端的第二定位信息和地理围栏的信息进行修正,以消除环境和不同时刻带来的影响,对地理围栏的参考点或第二定位信息进行修正,进而获的更精确的二者之间的相对位置。It should be understood that the method for locating the terminal provided in this embodiment is based on the premise that the vehicle is in a stopped state and the actual position will not change. The information is corrected to eliminate the influence of the environment and different times, and the reference point of the geo-fence or the second positioning information is corrected to obtain a more accurate relative position between the two.
在一种实现方式中,车辆还可以基于第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息生成定位误差修正信息。In an implementation manner, the vehicle may also generate positioning error correction information based on the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information.
在一种实现方式中,车辆可以将定位误差修正信息发送给终端,终端利用该定位误差修正信息对地理围栏的信息或者终端的第二定位信息进行修正。In an implementation manner, the vehicle may send the positioning error correction information to the terminal, and the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information of the terminal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当所述相对距离大于预设距离时,向所述车辆发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述车辆执行所述第一目标动作;或者,当所述相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,向所述车辆发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述车辆执行所述第二目标动作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the relative distance is greater than a preset distance, first indication information is sent to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to execute the first target action; or, when the relative distance is less than or equal to a preset distance, send second indication information to the vehicle, where the second indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to execute the second target action.
应理解,根据上述方法,可以实现当用户携带终端离开车辆闭锁对应的无感操作区域时,车辆自动闭锁;或者,当用户携带终端进入车辆解锁对应的无感操作区域时,车辆自动解锁。或者,当用户携带终端进入车辆内部时,允许车辆在用户触发下启动发动机。能够提高了控制车辆的便捷性和准确性。It should be understood that according to the above method, the vehicle can be automatically locked when the user carries the terminal and leaves the sensorless operation area corresponding to the vehicle lock; or, the vehicle is automatically unlocked when the user brings the terminal into the sensorless operation area corresponding to the vehicle unlock. Alternatively, when the user carries the terminal into the interior of the vehicle, the vehicle is allowed to start the engine under the trigger of the user. The convenience and accuracy of controlling the vehicle can be improved.
在一种实现方式中,当终端离开所述地理围栏时,可以向所述车辆发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示车辆执行第一目标操作;或者,当所述终端进入所述地理围栏时,终端可以向车辆发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示车辆执行所述第二目标操作。In an implementation manner, when the terminal leaves the geo-fence, first indication information may be sent to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; or, when the terminal enters the geo-fence When the geo-fence is established, the terminal may send second indication information to the vehicle, where the second indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
可选地,第一目标操作包括以下至少一种:车辆的车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁;第二目标操作包括以下至少一种:车辆的车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、允许启动发动机。Optionally, the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle; and the second target operation includes at least one of the following: door unlocking, window unlocking, trunk unlocking, The engine is allowed to start.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述触发事件包括以下至少一项:所述车辆由行驶状态变为停车状态;或者,所述车辆对所述终端认证通过;或者,所述车辆到达预设的目的地址。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the trigger event includes at least one of the following: the vehicle changes from a running state to a parked state; or, the vehicle passes the authentication of the terminal; or , the vehicle arrives at the preset destination address.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述当车辆发生触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,具体包括:当车辆发生触发事件时,接收所述车辆发送的定位触发消息,所述定位触发消息用于指示所述终端执行所述第一定位操作;响应于所述定位触发消息,执行所述第一定位操作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the performing a first positioning operation when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle specifically includes: when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle, receiving a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle , the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform the first positioning operation; in response to the positioning trigger message, the first positioning operation is performed.
在一种实现方式中,当车辆发生触发事件时,如车辆的行驶状态发生变化、车辆通过终端认证时,车辆可以生成定位触发消息,并向终端发送该定位触发消息,以指示终端执行第一定位操作。In an implementation manner, when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, such as when the driving state of the vehicle changes and the vehicle passes the terminal authentication, the vehicle can generate a positioning trigger message, and send the positioning trigger message to the terminal to instruct the terminal to execute the first Positioning operation.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述当车辆发送触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,具体包括:设置针对所述触发事件的提醒消息;响应于所述提醒消息,执行所述第一定位操作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the performing a first positioning operation when the vehicle sends a trigger event specifically includes: setting a reminder message for the trigger event; responding to the reminder message , and perform the first positioning operation.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以针对车辆的触发事件设置提醒消息,当生成该提醒消息时,表示车辆发生触发事件,则终端可以自发执行第一定位操作。In an implementation manner, the terminal may set a reminder message for a trigger event of the vehicle, and when the reminder message is generated, it indicates that a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, and the terminal may spontaneously perform the first positioning operation.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:判断当前定位条件是否满足所述终端执行定位的要求;其中,当所述定位条件不满足基于终端进行定位的要求时,通知车辆通过接收的信号强度指示RSSI、近场通信NFC或用户手动操作或其他车辆定位参数中的至少一种执行所述目标操作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: judging whether the current positioning condition meets the requirement for the terminal to perform positioning; wherein, when the positioning condition does not meet the terminal-based positioning requirement When required, the vehicle is notified to perform the target operation through at least one of a received signal strength indication RSSI, near field communication NFC or manual user operation or other vehicle positioning parameters.
其中,定位条件例如可以是当前是否具备进行基于终端进行定位的条件。The positioning condition may be, for example, whether there is currently a condition for performing terminal-based positioning.
应理解,在终端进行定位操作之前可以判断其定位条件能否满足定位要求,若不能满足定位要求,则回退至常规操作方案,例如采用RSSI测距、NFC或者用户手动介入等操作现有方案实现目标操作。It should be understood that before the terminal performs the positioning operation, it can be judged whether its positioning conditions can meet the positioning requirements. If the positioning requirements cannot be met, it will fall back to the conventional operation scheme, such as using RSSI ranging, NFC, or manual intervention by users and other existing schemes. achieve the target action.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述判断所述终端的定位条件是否满足定位要求,包括:判断是否接收到定位信号;或者,判断接收到的定位信号质量是否满足所述定位要求。例如,使用载波相位差分RTK技术进行定位时,判断能否接收到RTK参考站的信号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the judging whether the positioning condition of the terminal meets the positioning requirement includes: judging whether a positioning signal is received; or, judging whether the quality of the received positioning signal meets the requirements the positioning requirements. For example, when using the carrier phase differential RTK technology for positioning, it is judged whether the signal of the RTK reference station can be received.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述车辆发送所述地理围栏的信息。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further comprises: sending the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述向所述车辆发送所述地理围栏的信息,包括:对所述地理围栏的信息进行加密处理,所述加密处理包括密钥加密和签名;向所述车辆发送加密后的地理围栏的信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sending the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle includes: performing encryption processing on the information of the geo-fence, and the encryption processing includes a key Encrypt and sign; send encrypted geofence information to the vehicle.
在一种实现方式中,终端将地理围栏的信息发送给车辆,由车辆存储于本地的安全存储空间,如果用户将车辆的控制权限分享给另外一个终端(如记为第一终端)时,那么当第一终端靠近远离车辆或靠近车辆时,也能够安全获取所述地理围栏或第一定位信息,并执行本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法。而对地理围栏的信息进行加密处理,可以保证地理围栏的信息能够被安全地传递到认证通过或授权的第一终端并被解析使用,提高信息传输过程中的安全性以及数据来源的可靠性。In an implementation manner, the terminal sends the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle, and the vehicle stores it in the local safe storage space. If the user shares the control authority of the vehicle with another terminal (such as the first terminal), then When the first terminal is close to or away from the vehicle or approaching the vehicle, the geo-fence or the first positioning information can also be safely obtained, and the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed. Encrypting the information of the geo-fence can ensure that the information of the geo-fence can be safely transmitted to the first terminal that has passed the authentication or authorization and be parsed and used, thereby improving the security of the information transmission process and the reliability of the data source.
在一种实现方式中,终端对地理围栏的信息进行加密处理后,可以利用云端安全获取地理围栏的加密密钥,或是在具备车辆控制权限的设备(如第一终端)之间共享一个密钥,利用这个共享密钥衍生出地理围栏的加密密钥。In an implementation manner, after the terminal encrypts the information of the geo-fence, the encryption key of the geo-fence can be obtained by using cloud security, or a secret key can be shared among devices with vehicle control authority (such as the first terminal) The encryption key for the geofence is derived from this shared key.
根据上述方法,通过将生成的地理围栏的信息发送至车辆,可以由车辆将该信息存储至本地安全空间,当终端再次需要该地理围栏的信息时,可以由车辆处获取该信息。这样可以解决具备车辆操控权限的第二终端靠近车辆时也能够使用本申请中的方案。According to the above method, by sending the generated geofence information to the vehicle, the vehicle can store the information in the local safe space, and when the terminal needs the geofence information again, the vehicle can obtain the information. In this way, the solution in the present application can be used even when the second terminal with vehicle control authority is close to the vehicle.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端采用的定位方式包括以下至少一种:载波相位差分RTK技术、全球导航定位系统GNSS技术、无线局域网Wi-Fi定位、蜂窝网络定位、基于互联网大数据融合定位。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the positioning method used by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS technology, wireless local area network Wi-Fi positioning, cellular Network positioning, based on Internet big data fusion positioning.
第二方面,提供了一种终端定位的方法,该方法可以由车辆来执行,包括:当车辆发生触发事件时,车辆可以响应于该触发事件生成定位触发消息,该定位触发消息用于指示所述终端执行第一定位操作;之后,车辆可以向该终端发送该定位触发消息,由终 端响应于该定位触发消息,执行第一定位操作。In a second aspect, a method for locating a terminal is provided, and the method can be executed by a vehicle, including: when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the vehicle can generate a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to indicate the The terminal performs the first positioning operation; after that, the vehicle may send the positioning trigger message to the terminal, and the terminal performs the first positioning operation in response to the positioning trigger message.
应理解,定位触发消息可以为指示终端执行第一定位操作的指示信息;或者,该定位初发消息也可以为车辆发生触发事件的指示信息。终端接收到该定位触发消息后,可以在该定位触发消息的指示下执行第一定位操作;或者,也可以响应于该定位触发消息,自主执行第一定位操作。It should be understood that the positioning trigger message may be indication information that instructs the terminal to perform the first positioning operation; or, the initial positioning message may also be indication information that a trigger event occurs in the vehicle. After receiving the positioning trigger message, the terminal may perform the first positioning operation under the instruction of the positioning trigger message; or, may also perform the first positioning operation autonomously in response to the positioning trigger message.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result. The choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述终端发送的指示消息,其中,所述指示消息用于指示所述车辆执行目标操作,所述目标操作与所述终端和所述车辆之间的预设距离,或者与所述终端和所述地理围栏的位置关系相对应;根据所述指示消息执行目标操作。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving an indication message sent by the terminal, where the indication message is used to instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation, the target The operation corresponds to a preset distance between the terminal and the vehicle, or to the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence; and the target operation is performed according to the instruction message.
在本申请实施例中,终端根据其与车辆之间的相对距离和预设距离的关系,确定向车辆发送指示消息,以控制车辆执行对应的操作;或者,终端基于其与车辆的地理围栏的相对位置关系,如处于车辆的地理围栏内或者处于车辆的地理围栏外,确定向车辆发送指示消息,以控制车辆执行对应的操作。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines to send an instruction message to the vehicle according to the relationship between the relative distance and the preset distance between the terminal and the vehicle, so as to control the vehicle to perform the corresponding operation; The relative position relationship, such as being within the geo-fence of the vehicle or outside the geo-fence of the vehicle, determines to send an instruction message to the vehicle to control the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation.
根据本申请提供的终端定位的方法,终端通过自身实时定位信息和获取的车辆位置信息或者地理围栏的信息,可以确定该终端与车辆的相对距离或者与地理围栏的相对位置关系,进而指示车辆进行与该相对距离或者相对位置关系对应的相关操作。该过程无需用户在终端进行操作,由于终端可以适配多种定位技术,因此,该过程可以提高判断终端与车辆相对位置的准确性,进而提高两者交互的准确性。According to the terminal positioning method provided in this application, the terminal can determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle or the relative positional relationship with the geofence through its own real-time positioning information and the acquired vehicle position information or geo-fence information, and then instruct the vehicle to Relevant operations corresponding to the relative distance or relative positional relationship. This process does not require the user to operate on the terminal. Since the terminal can be adapted to a variety of positioning technologies, this process can improve the accuracy of judging the relative positions of the terminal and the vehicle, thereby improving the accuracy of the interaction between the two.
应理解,不同的目标操作可以对应不同的预设距离或者地理围栏。比如,车门闭锁对应第一预设距离,后备箱闭锁对应第二预设距离,该第一预设距离和第二预设距离可以不相同;或者,车门闭锁对应第一地理围栏,后备箱闭锁对应第二地理围栏,该第一地理围栏和第二地理围栏可以不相同。It should be understood that different target operations may correspond to different preset distances or geo-fences. For example, the door lock corresponds to a first preset distance, and the trunk lock corresponds to a second preset distance, and the first preset distance and the second preset distance may be different; or, the door lock corresponds to the first geo-fence, and the trunk is locked Corresponding to the second geofence, the first geofence and the second geofence may be different.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;向所述终端发送所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is executed by the terminal During the first positioning operation, the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the second positioning operation performed by the terminal; The first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information are sent.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,终端可以通过利用车辆本身测量的定位信息,对终端获取的定位信息和地理围栏定位信息进行修正,能够把终端定位信息修正到相同的误差环境中,从而克服不同时刻的环境变化导致的定位偏差,提高终端与车辆相对位置的准确性,进而提高终端指示车辆执行相关操作的精确度。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal can correct the positioning information obtained by the terminal and the geo-fence positioning information by using the positioning information measured by the vehicle itself, so that the terminal positioning information can be corrected to the same error environment, Thereby, the positioning deviation caused by environmental changes at different times can be overcome, the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle is improved, and the accuracy of the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform related operations is further improved.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置;根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,确定定位误 差修正信息;向所述终端发送所述定位误差修正信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle are acquired, and the first positioning reference information is for the terminal to perform the first positioning operation is the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs a second positioning operation; according to the first positioning reference information and the first positioning reference information Two positioning reference information, determine the positioning error correction information; send the positioning error correction information to the terminal.
应理解,车辆可以基于其不同时刻测得的定位参考信息生成定位误差修正信息,以克服环境变化等导致的不同时刻定位信息的误差环境不同。例如,车辆利用停车时的定位参考信息和终端再次靠近车辆,与车辆通信连接并认证通过后的定位参考信息计算两个时刻的定位信息之间的误差值,并将其发送给终端,使终端对第二定位信息或地理围栏的信息进行修正。It should be understood that the vehicle may generate positioning error correction information based on the positioning reference information measured at different times, so as to overcome the different error environments of the positioning information at different times caused by environmental changes. For example, the vehicle uses the positioning reference information at the time of parking and the terminal to approach the vehicle again, communicates with the vehicle and passes the authentication after the positioning reference information calculates the error value between the positioning information at two times, and sends it to the terminal, so that the terminal The second positioning information or the information of the geofence is corrected.
进一步地,车辆可以将定位误差修正信息发送给终端,终端利用该定位误差修正信息对地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息进行修正。Further, the vehicle may send the positioning error correction information to the terminal, and the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information.
在一种实现方式中,车辆发送的定位误差修正信息中还可以包括终端进行误差修正所需的其他车辆信息,本申请对此不作限定。In an implementation manner, the positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle may also include other vehicle information required by the terminal to perform error correction, which is not limited in this application.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,终端可以通过利用车辆本身测量的定位信息,对终端获取的车辆位置信息和地理围栏定位信息进行修正,能够把终端定位信息修正到相同的误差环境中,从而克服不同时刻的环境变化导致的定位偏差,提高终端与车辆相对位置的准确性,进而提高终端指示车辆执行相关操作的精确度。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal can correct the vehicle position information and the geo-fence positioning information obtained by the terminal by using the positioning information measured by the vehicle itself, so that the terminal positioning information can be corrected to the same error environment. , so as to overcome the positioning deviation caused by environmental changes at different times, improve the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle, and further improve the accuracy of the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform related operations.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一目标操作包括车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁中的至少一项;所述第二目标操作包括车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、发动机开启中的至少一项。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first target operation includes at least one of door locking, window locking, and trunk locking; the second target operation includes door unlocking, vehicle At least one of window unlocking, trunk unlocking, and engine running.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述终端发送的所述地理围栏的信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving the information of the geo-fence sent by the terminal.
第三方面,提供了一种终端,包括通信接口、处理器、存储器以及存储在所述存储器中并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:当车辆发生触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,所述第一定位操作用于获取第一定位信息,所述第一定位信息用于指示所述终端当前所在位置;执行第二定位操作,所述第二定位操作用于获取第二定位信息,所述第二定位信息用于为所述终端的实时定位信息;根据所述第一定位信息和第二定位信息,指示所述车辆执行目标操作。In a third aspect, a terminal is provided, comprising a communication interface, a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and executable on the processor, when the processor executes the computer program , so that the terminal realizes the following function: when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, a first positioning operation is performed, and the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information, and the first positioning information is used to indicate the current location of the terminal. position; perform a second positioning operation, the second positioning operation is used to obtain second positioning information, and the second positioning information is used for the real-time positioning information of the terminal; according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information that instructs the vehicle to perform the target operation.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:根据所述第一定位信息和所述第二定位信息,确定所述终端与所述车辆的相对距离;当所述相对距离大于预设距离时,指示所述车辆执行第一目标操作;当所述相对距离小于或等于所述预设距离时,指示所述车辆执行第二目标操作。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following function: according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle; when the relative distance is greater than the preset distance, instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, The vehicle is instructed to perform a second target operation.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:根据所述第一定位信息和所述预设距离,确定所述车辆的地理围栏;其中,所述地理围栏的基准位置为所述第一定位信息指示的位置,所述地理围栏某一方向的边界与所述基准位置之间的距离等于所述某一方向对应的所述预设距离。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following function: according to the first positioning information and the preset distance , determine the geo-fence of the vehicle; wherein, the reference position of the geo-fence is the position indicated by the first positioning information, and the distance between the boundary of a certain direction of the geo-fence and the reference position is equal to the The preset distance corresponding to a certain direction.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:根据所述第二定位信息和所述地理围栏的信息,确定所述终端与所述地理围栏的位置关系;其中,当根据所述位置关系,确定所述终端离开所述地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第一目标操作;当根据所述位置关系,确定 所述终端进入所述地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第二目标操作。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal enables the terminal to implement the following function: according to the second positioning information and the location of the geofence information to determine the location relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence; wherein, when it is determined that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area according to the location relationship, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; The location relationship, when it is determined that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, instructing the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:接收所述车辆发送的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following functions: receiving the first positioning reference information and the first positioning reference information sent by the vehicle. Two positioning reference information, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal executing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal executing the first positioning operation. During the second positioning operation, the parking position measured by the vehicle; according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information is corrected .
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:接收所述车辆发送的定位误差修正信息,所述定位误差修正信息由所述车辆基于自身获取的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息生成,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;根据所述定位误差修正信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal is made to implement the following functions: receiving the positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, the The positioning error correction information is generated by the vehicle based on the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information obtained by the vehicle itself. The measured parking position, the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation; according to the positioning error correction information, the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述触发事件包括以下至少一项:所述车辆由行驶状态变为停车状态;或者,所述车辆对所述终端认证通过;或者,所述车辆到达预设的目的地址。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the trigger event includes at least one of the following: the vehicle changes from a running state to a parked state; or, the vehicle passes the authentication of the terminal; or , the vehicle arrives at the preset destination address.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述当车辆发生触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,具体包括:当车辆发生触发事件时,接收所述车辆发送的定位触发消息,所述定位触发消息用于指示所述终端执行所述第一定位操作;响应于所述定位触发消息,执行所述第一定位操作。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the performing a first positioning operation when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle specifically includes: when a trigger event occurs on the vehicle, receiving a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle , the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform the first positioning operation; in response to the positioning trigger message, the first positioning operation is performed.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述当车辆发送触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,具体包括:设置针对所述触发事件的提醒消息;响应于所述提醒消息,执行所述第一定位操作。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, performing the first positioning operation when the vehicle sends a trigger event specifically includes: setting a reminder message for the trigger event; responding to the reminder message , and perform the first positioning operation.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一目标操作包括以下至少一种:所述车辆的车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁;所述第二目标操作包括以下至少一种:所述车辆的车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、允许开启发动机。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle; the second target operation includes At least one of the following: unlocking the doors of the vehicle, unlocking the windows, unlocking the trunk, and allowing the engine to be started.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:判断当前定位条件是否满足所述终端执行定位的要求;其中,当所述定位条件不满足所述定位的要求时,通知所述车辆通过接收的信号强度指示RSSI、近场通信NFC或用户手动操作中的至少一种执行所述目标操作。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the processor enables the terminal to implement the following function: judging whether the current positioning condition meets the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning ; wherein, when the positioning condition does not meet the positioning requirements, the vehicle is notified to perform the target operation through at least one of the received signal strength indication RSSI, near field communication NFC or user manual operation.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如下功能:判断是否接收到定位信号;或者,判断接收到的定位信号质量是否满足所述定位要求。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the terminal enables the terminal to implement the following functions: judging whether a positioning signal is received; or, judging whether the received signal is received Whether the quality of the positioning signal meets the positioning requirement.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述车辆发送所述地理围栏的信息。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further comprises: sending the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端采用的定位方式包括以下至少一种:载波相位差分RTK技术、全球导航定位系统GNSS、无线保真Wi-Fi定位、蜂窝网络定位、基于互联网大数据融合定位。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the positioning method used by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS, wireless fidelity Wi-Fi positioning, cellular Network positioning, based on Internet big data fusion positioning.
第四方面,提供了一种车辆,包括通信接口、处理器、存储器以及存储在所述存储 器中并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述车辆实现如下功能:获取触发事件;响应于所述触发事件生成定位触发消息,所述定位触发消息用于指示所述终端执行第一定位操作;向所述终端发送所述定位触发消息。In a fourth aspect, there is provided a vehicle comprising a communication interface, a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and executable on the processor, when the processor executes the computer program , so that the vehicle realizes the following functions: acquiring a trigger event; generating a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform a first positioning operation; sending the positioning trigger to the terminal information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述终端的指示消息,所述指示消息指示所述车辆执行目标动作,所述目标动作与预设距离对应;响应于所述指示消息,执行所述目标动作。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving an instruction message from the terminal, where the instruction message instructs the vehicle to perform a target action, where the target action is a preset distance away Corresponding; in response to the indication message, executing the target action.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述车辆实现如下功能:获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;向所述终端发送所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, when the processor executes the computer program, the vehicle enables the vehicle to implement the following functions: acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning of the vehicle reference information, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal performing the second positioning operation During the process, the parking position measured by the vehicle; send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述车辆实现如下功能:获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,确定定位误差修正信息;向所述终端发送所述定位误差修正信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, when the processor executes the computer program, the vehicle enables the vehicle to implement the following functions: acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning of the vehicle reference information, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal performing the second positioning operation During the process, the parking position measured by the vehicle; the positioning error correction information is determined according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information; and the positioning error correction information is sent to the terminal.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述车辆实现如下功能:接收所述终端发送的所述地理围栏的信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, when the processor is executing the computer program, the vehicle is made to implement the following function: receiving the information of the geo-fence sent by the terminal.
第五方面,提供了一种终端,所述终端与车辆建立短距离无线通信,包括:接收模块,用于接收所述车辆发送的定位触发消息,所述定位触发消息用于指示所述终端执行定位操作;定位模块,用于响应于所述定位触发消息,获取所述终端当前所在位置的第一定位信息,所述第一定位信息用于指示所述车辆的基准位置;处理模块,用于根据所述终端的第二定位信息和所述第一定位信息,指示所述车辆执行目标操作,所述第二定位信息为所述终端执行所述定位操作过程中的实时位置信息。In a fifth aspect, a terminal is provided, the terminal establishes short-range wireless communication with a vehicle, including: a receiving module configured to receive a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to execute A positioning operation; a positioning module, used for acquiring first positioning information of the current location of the terminal in response to the positioning trigger message, where the first positioning information is used to indicate the reference position of the vehicle; a processing module, used for According to the second positioning information of the terminal and the first positioning information, the vehicle is instructed to perform the target operation, and the second positioning information is the real-time position information in the process of the terminal performing the positioning operation.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理模块,还用于根据所述第二定位信息和所述第一定位信息,确定所述终端与所述车辆的相对距离;当所述相对距离大于预设距离时,指示所述车辆执行第一目标操作;当所述相对距离小于或等于所述预设距离时,指示所述车辆执行第二目标操作。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the processing module is further configured to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the second positioning information and the first positioning information ; when the relative distance is greater than a preset distance, instruct the vehicle to perform a first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, instruct the vehicle to perform a second target operation.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理模块,还用于以根据第一定位信息和预设距离,确定所述车辆的地理围栏的信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the processing module is further configured to determine the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the preset distance.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理模块,还用于根据所述第二定位信息和所述地理围栏的信息,确定所述终端与所述地理围栏的位置关系;当根据所述位置关系,确定所述终端离开所述地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第一目标操作;当根据所述位置关系,确定所述终端进入所述地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第二目标操作。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the processing module is further configured to determine the location of the terminal and the geo-fence according to the second positioning information and the information of the geo-fence relationship; when it is determined according to the position relationship that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when it is determined according to the position relationship that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, The vehicle is instructed to perform a second target operation.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端还包括接收模块和定位信息修正模块,其中:所述接收模块,用于接收所述车辆发送的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所 述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the terminal further includes a receiving module and a positioning information correction module, wherein: the receiving module is configured to receive the first positioning reference information sent by the vehicle and second positioning reference information, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the During the second positioning operation, the parking position measured by the vehicle; according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,处理模块,还用于接收所述车辆发送的定位误差修正信息,所述定位误差修正信息由所述车辆基于自身获取的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息生成,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;根据所述定位误差修正信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the processing module is further configured to receive positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is obtained by the vehicle based on the first positioning obtained by itself Reference information and second positioning reference information are generated, where the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the During the process of executing the second positioning operation by the terminal, the parking position measured by the vehicle; according to the positioning error correction information, the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information is corrected.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,终端还可以包括发送模块,具体用于:当所述相对距离大于预设距离时,向所述车辆发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述车辆执行所述第一目标动作;或者,当所述相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,向所述车辆发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述车辆执行所述第二目标动作。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the terminal may further include a sending module, which is specifically configured to: when the relative distance is greater than a preset distance, send first indication information to the vehicle, the The first instruction information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target action; or, when the relative distance is less than or equal to a preset distance, send second instruction information to the vehicle, the second instruction information using instructing the vehicle to perform the second target action.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一目标操作包括以下至少一项:车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱锁闭;所述第二目标操作包括以下至少一项:车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、允许开启发动机。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking; the second target operation includes at least one of the following Items: Unlock doors, unlock windows, unlock trunk, allow engine start.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端还包括判断模块,用于判断当前定位条件是否满足所述终端执行定位的要求;其中,所述指示模块,还用于当所述定位条件不满足所述定位要求时,通知所述车辆通过接收的信号强度指示RSSI、近场通信NFC或用户手动操作中的至少一种执行所述目标操作。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the terminal further includes a judgment module for judging whether the current positioning condition meets the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning; wherein the indication module is further used for When the positioning condition does not meet the positioning requirement, the vehicle is notified to perform the target operation through at least one of RSSI, near field communication, NFC, or user manual operation indicated by the received signal strength.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述判断模块具体用于:判断是否接收到定位信号;或者,判断接收到的定位信号质量是否满足所述定位要求。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the determining module is specifically configured to: determine whether a positioning signal is received; or, determine whether the quality of the received positioning signal meets the positioning requirement.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端还包括发送模块,用于向所述车辆发送所述地理围栏的信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the terminal further includes a sending module, configured to send the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端还包括加密模块,用于对所述地理围栏的信息进行加密处理,所述加密处理包括密钥加密和签名;所述发送模块,用于向所述车辆发送加密处理后的地理围栏的信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the terminal further includes an encryption module, configured to perform encryption processing on the information of the geo-fence, and the encryption processing includes key encryption and signature; the A sending module, configured to send the encrypted geo-fence information to the vehicle.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端采用的定位方式包括以下至少一种:载波相位差分RTK技术、全球导航定位系统GNSS、无线局域网Wi-Fi定位、蜂窝网络定位、基于互联网大数据融合定位。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the positioning method adopted by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS, wireless local area network Wi-Fi positioning, cellular network Positioning, based on Internet big data fusion positioning.
第六方面,提供了一种车辆,其特征在于,包括:接收单元,用于获取触发事件;处理单元,用于响应于所述触发事件生成定位触发消息,所述定位触发消息用于指示所述终端进行定位;发送单元,用于向所述终端发送所述定位触发消息。A sixth aspect provides a vehicle, characterized by comprising: a receiving unit, configured to acquire a trigger event; and a processing unit, configured to generate a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to indicate the The terminal performs positioning; a sending unit is configured to send the positioning trigger message to the terminal.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述车辆还包括定位模块,用于获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述发送模块,还用于向所述终端发送所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the vehicle further includes a positioning module for acquiring first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is: When the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation. position, the sending module is further configured to send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述车辆还包括定位模块,获取所 述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;所述处理模块,用于根据所述第一定位信息和第二定位信息,生成定位误差修正信息,所述定位误差修正信息用于终端修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息;所述发送单元,用于向所述终端发送所述定位误差修正信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the vehicle further includes a positioning module that acquires first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is the The parking position measured by the vehicle during the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the terminal performing the second positioning operation; The processing module is configured to generate positioning error correction information according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information, and the positioning error correction information is used for the terminal to correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information; The sending unit is configured to send the positioning error correction information to the terminal.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述车辆还包括操作模块,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述终端发送的指示消息,其中,所述指示消息用于指示所述车辆执行所述目标操作,所述目标操作与所述终端和所述车辆之间的预设距离,或者,与所述终端和所述地理围栏的位置关系对应;所述操作模块,用于根据所述指示消息执行目标操作。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the vehicle further includes an operation module, and the receiving module is further configured to receive an indication message sent by the terminal, where the indication message is used to indicate The vehicle executes the target operation, and the target operation corresponds to a preset distance between the terminal and the vehicle, or corresponds to the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence; the operation module, using to perform the target operation according to the instruction message.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述目标操作包括以下至少一种:所述车辆的车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁;或者,所述车辆的车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、允许开启发动机。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle; or, door unlocking, The windows are unlocked, the trunk is unlocked, and the engine is allowed to start.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述终端发送的所述地理围栏的信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive the information of the geo-fence sent by the terminal.
第七方面,提供了一种终端定位的系统,包括终端和车辆,其中,所述终端用于执行如第一方面任一实现方式所述的终端的定位的方法,所述车辆用于执行如第二方面任一实现方式所述的终端定位的方法。In a seventh aspect, a system for locating a terminal is provided, including a terminal and a vehicle, wherein the terminal is configured to execute the method for locating a terminal according to any implementation manner of the first aspect, and the vehicle is configured to execute the method as described in any implementation manner of the first aspect. The method for terminal positioning according to any implementation manner of the second aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行第一方面和第二方面中任一实现方式所述的终端定位的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the terminal described in any one of the first aspect and the second aspect. method of positioning.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机产品,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行第一方面和第二方面中任一实现方式所述的终端定位的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer product is provided, comprising computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method for locating a terminal according to any implementation manner of the first aspect and the second aspect .
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出了本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构示意图。FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3A至图3D示出了本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法的一些可能的应用场景的示意图。FIG. 3A to FIG. 3D are schematic diagrams showing some possible application scenarios of the method for terminal positioning provided by the embodiments of the present application.
图4A至图4D示出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端定位过程中的图形用户界面示意图。4A to 4D show schematic diagrams of graphical user interfaces in a terminal positioning process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种终端定位过程中的图形用户界面示意图。FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface in another terminal positioning process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6示出本申请实施例提供的一种终端定位的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种终端定位的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供地理围栏的信息修正的示意图。FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of information correction of a geofence provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种终端定位的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of still another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种终端定位的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of still another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种终端定位的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of still another terminal positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种终端定位的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的示意性结构图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
图14示出了本申请实施例提供的一种车辆的示意性结构图。FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。本申请实施例的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或者多于两个。The embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. The terms used in the implementation part of the embodiments of the present application are only used to explain the specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application. Wherein, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise stated, “/” means or means, for example, A/B can mean A or B; “and/or” in this document is only a description of the associated object The association relationship of , indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" refers to two or more than two.
本申请实施例中的终端定位的方法,可以应用于终端基于定位信息控制车辆的场景中。为便于理解,首先对本申请实施例中可能涉及的概念及相关技术进行介绍。The method for terminal positioning in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a scenario where a terminal controls a vehicle based on positioning information. For ease of understanding, concepts and related technologies that may be involved in the embodiments of the present application are first introduced.
1、数字车钥匙1. Digital car key
数字钥匙从功能上,可以根据使用的短距离通信技术和使用体验,分为遥控钥匙(remote keyless entry,RKE)功能、近场通信(near field communication,NFC)钥匙功能和无感钥匙功能(passive entry passive start,PEPS)。其中,遥控钥匙功能,需要通过终端与车辆建立短距离通信后,由用户在应用(application,APP)内发起管理操作,整个过程可以对网络无依赖;NFC钥匙功能,无需用户在移动终端上进行操作,只需将终端放置到车辆的NFC读卡区域即可触发相关流程;无感钥匙功能的体验最佳,基于定位信息,当车辆判断终端走到车的预设范围内或者离开车的预设范围,即可触发相关流程。从实体钥匙的发展历史和用户体验的角度来看,无感钥匙可能会成为业界主流数字钥匙解决方案。In terms of function, digital keys can be divided into remote keyless entry (RKE) function, near field communication (NFC) key function and passive key function according to the short-range communication technology used and user experience. entry passive start, PEPS). Among them, the remote control key function requires the user to initiate management operations in the application (APP) after establishing short-distance communication with the vehicle through the terminal, and the whole process can be independent of the network; the NFC key function does not require the user to perform operations on the mobile terminal Operation, you only need to place the terminal in the NFC card reading area of the vehicle to trigger the relevant process; the sensorless key function provides the best experience. Set the range to trigger the relevant process. From the perspective of the development history and user experience of physical keys, sensorless keys may become the mainstream digital key solutions in the industry.
目前数字钥匙最核心的是车辆对移动终端的识别以及对相关操作对应条件的判断。例如,车辆对于无感钥匙认证通常包括钥匙认证、定位、防中继认证等条件,这几个条件的判断互相独立,当车辆识别到连接的终端内有合法的密钥,移动终端处于预设范围内,并且不存在中继攻击时,车辆判断条件满足,进而可以自动进行开锁、进入可启动状态等车辆操作。对于遥控钥匙,车辆通常需要确认密钥认证通过、用户校验通过、对应车控指令验证通过后,再执行车控指令对应的操作。At present, the core of the digital key is the vehicle's identification of the mobile terminal and the judgment of the corresponding conditions of the relevant operations. For example, the vehicle's sensorless key authentication usually includes conditions such as key authentication, positioning, and anti-relay authentication. The judgments of these conditions are independent of each other. When the vehicle recognizes that there is a valid key in the connected terminal, the mobile terminal is in the preset state. When the vehicle is within the range and there is no relay attack, the vehicle determines that the conditions are met, and then it can automatically perform vehicle operations such as unlocking and entering a startable state. For the remote control key, the vehicle usually needs to confirm that the key authentication is passed, the user verification is passed, and the corresponding vehicle control instruction is verified, and then the operation corresponding to the vehicle control instruction is executed.
2、无感钥匙/无钥匙进入及启动系统2. Sensorless key/keyless entry and start system
无感钥匙功能按照应用场景,通常可以进一步分为无感进入场景和无感启动场景。以无感进入场景来说:用户携带开通了数字钥匙功能的终端(例如手机)靠近车辆,车辆与终端建立蓝牙连接后,对终端的认证密钥进行认证,同时对终端进行定位;当车辆检测终端进入预设的无感操作范围时,车辆的车门自动解锁。According to the application scenario, the sensorless key function can usually be further divided into a sensorless entry scenario and a sensorless startup scenario. Take the sensorless entry scenario as an example: the user brings a terminal (such as a mobile phone) with the digital key function enabled close to the vehicle. After the vehicle and the terminal establish a Bluetooth connection, the authentication key of the terminal is authenticated, and the terminal is located at the same time; when the vehicle detects When the terminal enters the preset sensorless operating range, the doors of the vehicle are automatically unlocked.
应理解,车辆无感操作最核心的就是解决车辆和终端之间的测距定位精度问题,不管是用户体验还是安全性方面,对测距精度都有一定的要求。It should be understood that the core of vehicle sensorless operation is to solve the problem of ranging and positioning accuracy between the vehicle and the terminal. Whether it is user experience or safety, there are certain requirements for ranging accuracy.
3、实时动态载波相位差分技术(real-time kinematic,RTK)3. Real-time dynamic carrier phase difference technology (real-time kinematic, RTK)
全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)泛指所有的卫星导航系统,可以包括全球定位系统(global position system,GPS)、北斗定位系统等。以GPS为例,其定位的基本原理是:测量出已知位置的卫星到地面GPS接收机之间的距离,然后该接收机至少与4颗卫星通讯,计算其与这些卫星之间的距离,就能确定该接收器在地球上的具体位置。普通GPS的定位精度不小于1m,信号误差会有约50%的概率达到 2m以上,而差分全球定位系统(differential global position system,DGPS),是在GPS的基础上利用差分技术使用户能够获得更高的定位精度。Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) generally refers to all satellite navigation systems, which can include Global Positioning System (GPS), Beidou positioning system, etc. Taking GPS as an example, the basic principle of positioning is: measure the distance between a satellite with a known position and a ground GPS receiver, and then the receiver communicates with at least 4 satellites to calculate the distance between it and these satellites, The exact location of the receiver on Earth can then be determined. The positioning accuracy of ordinary GPS is not less than 1m, and the signal error has about 50% probability of reaching more than 2m, while the differential global positioning system (DGPS) uses differential technology on the basis of GPS to enable users to obtain more accurate information. High positioning accuracy.
RTK技术是DGPS中定位精度最高的一种。在RTK作业模式下,地面的基准坐标参考站(下文统称为“基准站”)通过数据链将其观测值和测站坐标信息一起传送给流动站(如用户终端)。流动站不仅通过数据链接收来自基准站的数据,还可以采集卫星定位观测数据,并在系统内组成差分观测值进行实时处理,给出厘米级定位结果,该过程历时不到一秒钟。RTK技术的关键在于数据处理技术和数据传输技术,RTK定位时要求基准站接收机实时地把观测数据(伪距观测值,相位观测值)及已知数据传输给流动站接收机。RTK technology is the one with the highest positioning accuracy in DGPS. In RTK operation mode, the ground reference coordinate reference station (hereinafter collectively referred to as "reference station") transmits its observations and station coordinate information to a rover (such as a user terminal) through a data link. The rover not only receives data from the base station through the data link, but also collects satellite positioning observation data, and forms differential observations in the system for real-time processing to give centimeter-level positioning results, which lasts less than a second. The key of RTK technology lies in data processing technology and data transmission technology. RTK positioning requires the base station receiver to transmit the observation data (pseudorange observation value, phase observation value) and known data to the rover receiver in real time.
采用RTK技术进行定位时,接收机可以根据基准站提供的误差参考信息对定位结果进行修正,消除定位误差,进而提高定位精度,该误差参考信息由电离层、对流层等引起的。目前RTK应用的主要应用场景包括:自动驾驶、车道级导航地图、无人机、儿童手表定位等。When RTK technology is used for positioning, the receiver can correct the positioning result according to the error reference information provided by the base station, eliminate the positioning error, and then improve the positioning accuracy. The error reference information is caused by the ionosphere and the troposphere. At present, the main application scenarios of RTK applications include: automatic driving, lane-level navigation maps, drones, and positioning of children's watches.
4、地理围栏技术(geo-fencing)4. Geo-fencing
地理围栏技术是基于位置的服务(location based service,LBS)的一种新应用,通过用一个虚拟的栅栏围出一个虚拟地理边界。当终端进入、离开某个特定地理区域,或在该区域活动时,该终端可以接收自动通知和警告。Geofencing technology is a new application of location based service (LBS), which encloses a virtual geographic boundary with a virtual fence. When a terminal enters, leaves, or is active in a specific geographic area, the terminal can receive automatic notifications and alerts.
正如背景技术中所介绍的,目前车辆硬件更新周期长,硬件与定位技术发展不匹配,导致定位精度无法满足无感操作的需求。针对上述问题,本申请实施例提供了一种终端定位的方法,由钥匙侧终端主导定位操作,利用终端高速迭代的特性实现对不同定位技术的应用,提高定位的准确性,从而快速推动无感体验的提升。As described in the background art, the current vehicle hardware update cycle is long, and the development of hardware and positioning technology does not match, resulting in that the positioning accuracy cannot meet the requirements of sensorless operation. In view of the above problems, the embodiments of the present application provide a method for locating a terminal, in which the key-side terminal dominates the locating operation, and utilizes the characteristics of high-speed iteration of the terminal to realize the application of different locating technologies, thereby improving the accuracy of locating, thereby rapidly promoting the non-sensing Enhanced experience.
本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法所涉及的终端具备定位功能。示例性的,该终端可以支持多种定位方式,例如包括:RTK定位技术、GNSS定位技术、无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)定位技术、蜂窝网络定位技术(基于基站实现定位)或者基于互联网大数据融合定位技术等。此外,终端还可以以RTK技术为核心,结合基站、Wi-Fi、蓝牙、GPS、辅助全球定位系统(assisted global positioning system,AGPS)、历史数据、5G等优化定位方式。并且该终端可以与车辆建立无线通信,例如,终端可以与车辆进行蓝牙连接、Wi-Fi连接等。该终端可以作为车辆的数字钥匙,具备无感钥匙功能,例如具有数字钥匙功能或者安装有车辆数字钥匙应用等。该终端例如可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等电子设备,本申请实施例对终端的具体类型不作任何限制。The terminal involved in the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application has a positioning function. Exemplarily, the terminal may support multiple positioning methods, for example including: RTK positioning technology, GNSS positioning technology, wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) positioning technology, cellular network positioning technology (positioning based on base stations) or Internet big data fusion positioning technology, etc. In addition, the terminal can also use RTK technology as the core, combined with base station, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, assisted global positioning system (AGPS), historical data, 5G and other optimized positioning methods. And the terminal can establish wireless communication with the vehicle, for example, the terminal can perform Bluetooth connection, Wi-Fi connection, etc. with the vehicle. The terminal can be used as a digital key of the vehicle, and has a sensorless key function, such as having a digital key function or a vehicle digital key application installed. The terminal may be, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) device, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other electronic devices, the embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on the specific type of the terminal.
示例性的,图1为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的结构示意图。该电子设备100为本申请实施例中所说的终端。Exemplarily, FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application. The electronic device 100 is the terminal mentioned in the embodiments of this application.
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification  module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charge management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present application do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the latency of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus that includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate with each other through the I2C bus interface, so as to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communications, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is typically used to connect the processor 110 with the wireless communication module 160 . For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 . MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface, so as to realize the photographing function of the electronic device 100 . The processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface may be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and the like. The GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他终端,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other terminals, such as AR devices, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为终端供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. The charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the terminal through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 and supplies power to the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 . The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 . In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of the wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声 放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then turn it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 1 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 110 .
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR). The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 .
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 may implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经 元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。A digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy and so on. Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By borrowing the structure of biological neural network, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process the input information and can continuously learn by itself.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 . The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card. Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别终端姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。温度传感器180J用于检测温度。触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals. The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the electronic device 100 . The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D. The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the terminal posture, and can be used in horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometer and other applications. Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature. Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
此外,电子设备100还包括气压传感器180C和距离传感器180F。其中,气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。In addition, the electronic device 100 further includes an air pressure sensor 180C and a distance sensor 180F. Among them, the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist in positioning and navigation.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F for measuring distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance through infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
在本申请实施例中,终端可以通过距离传感器测量其到汽车之间的距离,实现与车辆之间的定位。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal may measure the distance from the terminal to the vehicle through the distance sensor, so as to realize the positioning between the terminal and the vehicle.
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiments of the present application take an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplarily describe the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
图2是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present application.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图2所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 2, the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and so on.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图2所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 2, the application framework layer may include window managers, content providers, view systems, telephony managers, resource managers, notification managers, and the like.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。A window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,终端振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications of applications running in the background, and notifications on the screen in the form of dialog windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt tone is issued, the terminal vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。A system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,2D图形引擎可以用于绘制车辆的地理围栏。Exemplarily, in this embodiment of the present application, a 2D graphics engine may be used to draw a geofence of a vehicle.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
示例性的,结合图1和图2所示的终端的结构,以下结合附图对本申请实施例提供的终端定位的应用场景及过程进行介绍。Exemplarily, with reference to the structures of the terminals shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , the following describes the application scenarios and processes of the terminal positioning provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如图3A和图3B所示,为本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法的一些可能的应用场景。As shown in FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B , some possible application scenarios of the method for terminal positioning provided by the embodiments of the present application are shown.
在其中一个可能的场景下,以图3A中的地理围栏为车门闭锁这一目标操作对应的地理围栏为例,当车辆到达目的地时,车辆停车,其状态由行驶状态变为停止状态(或熄 火状态),该状态变化会触发车辆向终端发送定位触发消息。终端响应于该定位触发消息,对终端当前的位置进行定位操作(记为第一定位操作),此时,由于终端可能在车辆内,或至少与车辆之间的距离小于第一阈值,因此,可以将终端当前的位置(对应第一定位信息)作为停车位置,可选地,终端还可以根据该位置获取车辆的地理围栏。而后,用户携带终端远离车辆,在用户移动过程中,终端可以进行实时定位(记为第二定位操作),获取终端在移动过程中的实时位置(对应第二定位信息)。之后,终端可以基于第一定位信息(如对应于图3A中的停车位置)和第二定位信息(如对应图3A中的位置1、位置2),获取与车辆之间的相对距离,比如,当用户到达位置1时,终端与车辆之间为相对距离1,当用户达到位置2时,终端与车辆之间为相对距离2,此时,终端与车辆之间的相对距离等于预设距离;终端可以指示车辆执行车门闭锁的目标操作;或者,终端可以基于第一定位信息和第二定位信息,获取终端与车辆的地理围栏的位置关系,比如,当用户到达位置1时,用户处于车辆的地理围栏范围内,当用户移动至位置2时,用户到达地理围栏范围的边界,响应于用户要离开地理围栏,终端可以指示车辆执行车门闭锁的目标操作。In one of the possible scenarios, taking the geofence in FIG. 3A as an example of the geofence corresponding to the target operation of door locking, when the vehicle reaches the destination, the vehicle stops, and its state changes from the running state to the stopped state (or Turn off state), the state change will trigger the vehicle to send a positioning trigger message to the terminal. In response to the positioning trigger message, the terminal performs a positioning operation on the current position of the terminal (referred to as the first positioning operation). At this time, since the terminal may be in the vehicle, or at least the distance from the vehicle is less than the first threshold, therefore, The current position of the terminal (corresponding to the first positioning information) may be used as the parking position, and optionally, the terminal may also acquire the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the position. Then, the user carries the terminal away from the vehicle. During the user's movement, the terminal can perform real-time positioning (referred to as the second positioning operation) to obtain the real-time position of the terminal during the movement (corresponding to the second positioning information). After that, the terminal can obtain the relative distance from the vehicle based on the first positioning information (for example, corresponding to the parking position in FIG. 3A ) and the second positioning information (for example, corresponding to the position 1 and position 2 in FIG. 3A ), for example, When the user reaches position 1, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is relative distance 1, and when the user reaches position 2, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is relative distance 2, and at this time, the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is equal to the preset distance; The terminal may instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation of door locking; or, the terminal may obtain the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence of the vehicle based on the first positioning information and the second positioning information. For example, when the user arrives at position 1, the user is in the Within the range of the geo-fence, when the user moves to position 2, the user reaches the boundary of the range of the geo-fence, and in response to the user leaving the geo-fence, the terminal may instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation of door locking.
在上述过程中,用户无需在终端进行管理操作,由终端主导定位操作,并利用定位信息控制车辆执行目标操作,以实现用户靠近或离开车辆时,车辆自动做出适配性操作的效果。In the above process, the user does not need to perform management operations on the terminal, the terminal dominates the positioning operation, and uses the positioning information to control the vehicle to perform the target operation, so as to achieve the effect of the vehicle automatically making adaptive operations when the user approaches or leaves the vehicle.
如图3B所示,为用户再次靠近车辆时的场景示意图。As shown in FIG. 3B , it is a schematic diagram of a scene when the user approaches the vehicle again.
以图3B中的地理围栏为车门解锁这一目标操作对应的地理围栏为例,在该过程中,当用户到达位置3时,终端与车辆之间为相对距离3,处于车辆的地理围栏范围之外,终端不会指示车辆执行相关操作;当用户继续靠近车辆,移动至位置4时,终端与车辆之间的距离为相对距离4,进入车辆的地理围栏范围。终端检测到其与车辆之间的相对距离小于预设距离,或进入地理围栏范围后,可以自动指示车辆执行解锁车门的目标操作。Taking the geofence in FIG. 3B as an example of the geofence corresponding to the target operation of unlocking the door, in this process, when the user arrives at position 3, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is relative distance 3, which is within the range of the geofence of the vehicle. In addition, the terminal will not instruct the vehicle to perform related operations; when the user continues to approach the vehicle and moves to position 4, the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is relative distance 4, entering the geo-fence range of the vehicle. After the terminal detects that the relative distance between it and the vehicle is less than the preset distance, or enters the geo-fence range, it can automatically instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation of unlocking the door.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,预设距离可以指以第一定位信息指示的位置(一般视为停车位置)作为基准位置,在不同方向上预先设置的距离;地理围栏则是以停车位置为基准位置,以对应方向上的预设距离作为半径获取的区域。换言之,同一目标动作的预设距离与地理围栏之间的关系可以是:地理围栏某一方向上的边界与地理围栏基准位置(一般为停车位置)之间的距离就等效于该方向上的预设距离。比如,在图3A中,当用户走到位置2时,用户到达锁闭车门这一目标动作对应的地理围栏在该方向上的边界位置,此时,终端与停车位置之间的相对距离2也等于锁闭车门这一目标动作在该方向上对应的预设距离。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the preset distance may refer to the distance that is preset in different directions with the position indicated by the first positioning information (generally regarded as the parking position) as the reference position; the geofence refers to the parking position As the reference position, the preset distance in the corresponding direction is used as the radius to obtain the area. In other words, the relationship between the preset distance of the same target action and the geo-fence may be: the distance between the boundary of the geo-fence in a certain direction and the reference position of the geo-fence (usually the parking position) is equivalent to the preset distance in the direction. Set distance. For example, in Fig. 3A, when the user walks to position 2, the user reaches the boundary position of the geo-fence in this direction corresponding to the target action of locking the door. At this time, the relative distance 2 between the terminal and the parking position is also It is equal to the preset distance corresponding to the target action of locking the door in this direction.
在一些实施例中,终端离开地理围栏区域和终端进入地理围栏区域分别对应车辆不同的目标操作。In some embodiments, the terminal leaving the geo-fence area and the terminal entering the geo-fence area respectively correspond to different target operations of the vehicle.
在一些实施例中,不同目标动作对应的预设距离或者地理围栏范围可以不相同。示例性的,不同的目标操作对应的地理围栏的形状、尺寸等不相同。In some embodiments, the preset distances or geo-fence ranges corresponding to different target actions may be different. Exemplarily, the geofences corresponding to different target operations have different shapes and sizes.
在一些实施例中,同一目标操作对应的不同方向上的预设距离可以不相同;或者,同一目标操作对应的不同方向的地理围栏边界到基准位置的距离不同。In some embodiments, the preset distances in different directions corresponding to the same target operation may be different; or, the distances from the geofence boundary to the reference position in different directions corresponding to the same target operation are different.
例如,当上述第一目标操作为锁闭车门或解锁车门时,其对应第一地理围栏;当上述第一目标操作为锁闭车辆的后备箱或解锁后备箱时,其对应第二地理围栏。该第一地 理围栏和第二地理围栏的边界距离基准位置的距离可以不相同。For example, when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock or unlock the vehicle door, it corresponds to the first geo-fence; when the above-mentioned first target operation is to lock or unlock the trunk of the vehicle, it corresponds to the second geo-fence. The boundaries of the first geofence and the second geofence may have different distances from the reference location.
其中,该第一地理围栏的区域还可以如图3C所示,以车辆的车门为基准位置,一定角度范围对应的扇形区域。其中,该角度范围可以灵活设置,本申请不作限定。第二地理围栏区域可以如图3D所示,以后备箱为基准位置,一定角度范围对应的扇形区域。The area of the first geo-fence may also be, as shown in FIG. 3C , a fan-shaped area corresponding to a certain angle range with the door of the vehicle as the reference position. Wherein, the angle range can be set flexibly, which is not limited in this application. The second geo-fence area may be as shown in FIG. 3D , which is a fan-shaped area corresponding to a certain angle range with the trunk as a reference position.
又例如,对于车辆允许开启发动机这一操作来说,其对应的地理围栏范围小于或等于车辆的范围,只有当用户携带终端进入车辆内部时,终端指示车辆允许响应于用户的触发操作开启发动机,否则发动机不允许被开启。For another example, for the operation of allowing the vehicle to start the engine, the corresponding geo-fence range is less than or equal to the range of the vehicle. Only when the user enters the vehicle with the terminal, the terminal instructs the vehicle to allow the engine to be started in response to the user's triggering operation. Otherwise the engine is not allowed to be started.
应理解,本申请实施例中,预设距离和地理围栏各方向上的边界距离阈值可以根据不同目标动作的特点灵活设置,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the preset distance and the boundary distance thresholds in each direction of the geo-fence can be flexibly set according to the characteristics of different target actions, which are not limited in the present application.
通过本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,车辆在用户离开车辆或靠近车辆时,终端可以基于定位信息自动控制车辆执行相关操作,充当智能车辆钥匙,无需用户进行手动操作,增加了车辆操作的便捷性,提升用户的无感体验。With the terminal positioning method provided in the embodiment of the present application, when the vehicle leaves the vehicle or approaches the vehicle, the terminal can automatically control the vehicle to perform related operations based on the positioning information, and act as a smart vehicle key, without requiring manual operations by the user, which increases the complexity of vehicle operation. Convenience and enhance the user's senseless experience.
以上结合附图对应的实施例中,主要涉及一个终端作为一辆车辆的数字钥匙的场景,然而在实际应用中,一个终端还可以作为多辆车辆的数字钥匙,或者,多个终端可以同时作为一辆车辆的数字钥匙。The above embodiments in conjunction with the accompanying drawings mainly relate to a scenario in which one terminal is used as the digital key of one vehicle. However, in practical applications, one terminal can also be used as the digital key of multiple vehicles, or multiple terminals can be used as the digital key at the same time. A digital key for a vehicle.
比如,在一种可能的场景下,一个终端可以通过数字车钥匙应用与多辆车辆进行关联,如提前接收车辆的注册信息,该注册信息例如可以包括车辆标识(identification,ID)、允许终端操控车辆的权限、以及认证信息等。当终端接收到车辆的定位触发消息时,终端可以根据车辆该定位触发消息中携带的车辆标识采用该车辆对应的信息,执行定位过程并操控车辆执行对应的操作。For example, in a possible scenario, a terminal can be associated with multiple vehicles through a digital car key application, such as receiving registration information of the vehicle in advance. Vehicle permissions, and authentication information, etc. When the terminal receives the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, the terminal can use the information corresponding to the vehicle according to the vehicle identification carried in the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, execute the positioning process and control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations.
如表1所示,为终端对应的多个车辆的车辆ID、不同车辆的短距离通信(如蓝牙通信等)地址以及不同车辆的车辆控制权限。As shown in Table 1, it is the vehicle ID of multiple vehicles corresponding to the terminal, the short-range communication (such as Bluetooth communication, etc.) addresses of different vehicles, and the vehicle control authority of different vehicles.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021137279-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021137279-appb-000001
应理解,表1车辆的排列顺序可以按照优先级由高到低的顺序排列。在实际应用时,假设车辆1和车辆2同时停在相近的位置,则终端可以优先发起对车辆1的控制。It should be understood that the arrangement order of the vehicles in Table 1 may be arranged in descending order of priority. In practical application, it is assumed that the vehicle 1 and the vehicle 2 are parked in a similar position at the same time, and the terminal can initiate the control of the vehicle 1 preferentially.
此外,表1中不同车辆对应的车辆控制权限仅为示例,在实际应用中,用户可以根据需要对不同车辆的车辆控制权限进行设置,此处不做限定。In addition, the vehicle control authority corresponding to different vehicles in Table 1 is only an example. In practical applications, the user can set the vehicle control authority for different vehicles as required, which is not limited here.
又比如,在另一种可能的场景下,某一车辆的注册信息可以在多个终端之间分享,如车主、家人等可以分别通过不同的终端来控制车辆执行相应的操作。示例性的,如表2所示,为可以对车辆进行控制的终端ID、对应的认证信息以及权限。For another example, in another possible scenario, the registration information of a certain vehicle may be shared among multiple terminals, for example, the vehicle owner, family members, etc. may control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations through different terminals. Exemplarily, as shown in Table 2, it is the terminal ID, corresponding authentication information and authority that can control the vehicle.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2021137279-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021137279-appb-000002
应理解,表1中终端的排列顺序可以按照优先级由高到低的顺序排列。在实际应用时,假设终端1(车主)和终端2(家人1)同时通过终端控制车辆执行相应操作时,车辆可以仅对终端1进行响应,而忽略终端2的消息。It should be understood that the arrangement order of the terminals in Table 1 may be arranged in descending order of priority. In practical applications, assuming that terminal 1 (vehicle owner) and terminal 2 (family 1) simultaneously control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations through the terminal, the vehicle may only respond to terminal 1 and ignore messages from terminal 2.
此外,表1中不同终端对应的车辆控制权限仅为示例,在实际应用中,用户可以根据需要对不同终端对应的车辆控制权限进行设置,例如,终端2和终端3可以向终端1请求某些车辆控制权限,终端1(车主)根据实际需求同意或拒绝其他其中某些车辆控制权限等。此处不做限定。In addition, the vehicle control permissions corresponding to different terminals in Table 1 are only examples. In practical applications, the user can set the vehicle control permissions corresponding to different terminals as needed. For example, terminal 2 and terminal 3 can request terminal 1 for certain Vehicle control authority, terminal 1 (vehicle owner) agrees or rejects some of the other vehicle control authority according to actual needs. There is no limitation here.
通过上述方法,终端和车辆之间可以实现一对多或多对一的交互,便于用户根据需要对车辆进行灵活控制,提升了用户体验。Through the above method, one-to-many or many-to-one interaction can be realized between the terminal and the vehicle, which facilitates the user to flexibly control the vehicle as required, and improves the user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当终端控制车辆自动执行完目标操作后,车辆可以向终端发送通知消息;当终端接收到通知消息后,可以在界面上显示目标操作完成的提示消息。In a possible implementation manner, after the terminal controls the vehicle to automatically perform the target operation, the vehicle can send a notification message to the terminal; when the terminal receives the notification message, a prompt message indicating that the target operation is completed can be displayed on the interface.
示例性的,以终端是手机为例,图4示出了本申请实施例提供的一些终端定位过程中,图形用户界面(graphical user interface,GUI)的示意图。Exemplarily, taking the terminal as a mobile phone as an example, FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface (graphical user interface, GUI) in some terminal positioning processes provided in the embodiments of the present application.
其中,图4中的界面以手机系统栏下拉界面为例,该界面包括控件图标,如WLAN图标、蓝牙图标、手电筒图标、来电通知模式(如振动)图标和自动旋转图标等,该界面还可以包括其它更多的控件或应用程序,本申请对此不作限定。The interface in FIG. 4 takes the drop-down interface of the mobile phone system bar as an example. The interface includes control icons, such as a WLAN icon, a Bluetooth icon, a flashlight icon, an incoming call notification mode (such as vibration) icon, and an auto-rotation icon. The interface can also It includes other more controls or application programs, which is not limited in this application.
在一种实现方式中,如图4A所示,当用户携带终端离开车门锁闭对应的预设距离或地理围栏时,车辆可以基于终端的指示完成车门闭锁的目标动作;之后,车辆向终端发送车门闭锁完成的通知消息;终端接收到该通知消息后,可以以文本形式在界面下拉的状态栏显示该通知消息。如,当用户下拉状态栏时显示数字车钥匙应用的“车门已锁闭”的提示消息401,且还可以显示该通知消息的显示时间(如1分钟前),用户可以根据通知消息的显示时间以及通知消息内容获知车辆的状态。In one implementation, as shown in FIG. 4A , when the user carries the terminal away from the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the door lock, the vehicle can complete the target action of the door lock based on the terminal's instruction; after that, the vehicle sends a message to the terminal. The notification message that the door is locked; after receiving the notification message, the terminal can display the notification message in the status bar pulled down on the interface in the form of text. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, the prompt message 401 of “door is locked” of the digital car key application is displayed, and the display time of the notification message (for example, 1 minute ago) can also be displayed. And the content of the notification message to know the status of the vehicle.
可选地,用户可以提前设置终端对应的车辆控制权限,例如,基于用户的设置,终端还可以自动控制车辆打开车门、打开车窗、自动点火启动车辆等多种操作。Optionally, the user can set the vehicle control authority corresponding to the terminal in advance. For example, based on the user's settings, the terminal can also automatically control the vehicle to open doors, open windows, and automatically ignite to start the vehicle.
在另一种实现方式中,当用户携带终端再次进入车门解锁对应的预设距离或地理围栏时,车辆可以基于终端的指示完成车门解锁的目标动作;之后,车辆向终端发送车门已打开的通知消息;终端接收到该通知消息后,可以以文本形式在界面下拉的状态栏显示该通知消息。如,当用户下拉状态栏时显示“车门已解锁”的提示消息402(如图4B所示)。可选地,此时下拉状态栏可以仍然显示车辆锁闭的通知消息以及对应的时间,如图4B中显示30分钟前的车门已锁闭的通知消息,从而使得用户获知车辆在不同时间的具体状态。In another implementation, when the user enters the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the door unlocking with the terminal again, the vehicle can complete the target action of unlocking the door based on the terminal's instruction; after that, the vehicle sends a notification that the door has been opened to the terminal message; after receiving the notification message, the terminal can display the notification message in the form of text in the status bar pulled down on the interface. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, a prompt message 402 of "the door is unlocked" is displayed (as shown in FIG. 4B ). Optionally, pulling down the status bar at this time can still display the notification message that the vehicle is locked and the corresponding time, such as the notification message that the door has been locked 30 minutes ago as shown in FIG. state.
之后,用户继续靠近车辆,当终端与车辆之间的距离小于打开车窗的预设距离时,终端指示车辆自动打开车窗,车辆打开车窗后,可以向终端发送车窗已打开的通知消息;终端接收到该通知消息后,可以以文本形式在下拉状态栏界面显示该通知消息。如,当用户下拉状态栏时显示“车窗已打开”的提示消息403(如图4C所示)。可选地,此时下拉状态栏可以仍然显示车门锁闭、车门解锁的通知消息以及对应的时间,如图4C中显示31分钟前的车门已锁闭的通知消息以及1分钟前车门已解锁的通知消息,从而使得用户获知车辆在不同时间的具体状态。After that, the user continues to approach the vehicle. When the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than the preset distance for opening the window, the terminal instructs the vehicle to automatically open the window. After the vehicle opens the window, it can send a notification message that the window has been opened to the terminal. ; After receiving the notification message, the terminal can display the notification message in the form of text on the pull-down status bar interface. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, a prompt message 403 of "the window is open" is displayed (as shown in FIG. 4C ). Optionally, pulling down the status bar at this time can still display the door lock, door unlock notification message and the corresponding time, as shown in FIG. Notification messages, so that the user can know the specific status of the vehicle at different times.
当用户打开车门进入驾驶室后,终端基于定位信息指示车辆点火开启车辆,车辆开启后,可以向终端发送车辆已开启的通消息,终端接收到该通知消息后,可以以滚动条文本形式在界面顶部状态栏显示该通知消息。如,当用户下拉状态栏时显示“车辆已点火启动”的提示消息404(如图4D所示)。类似地,此时下拉状态栏可以仍然显示车门锁闭、车门解锁以及车窗打开的通知消息以及对应的时间,如图4D所示分别显示33分钟前的车门已锁闭的通知消息,3分钟前车门已解锁的通知消息,以及2分钟前车窗已打开的通知消息,从而使得用户获知车辆在不同时间的具体状态。When the user opens the door and enters the cab, the terminal instructs the vehicle to ignite the vehicle based on the positioning information. After the vehicle is turned on, it can send a notification message that the vehicle has been turned on to the terminal. After receiving the notification message, the terminal can display the text on the interface in the form of a scroll bar. The top status bar displays the notification message. For example, when the user pulls down the status bar, a prompt message 404 of "the vehicle has been ignited and started" is displayed (as shown in FIG. 4D ). Similarly, pulling down the status bar at this time can still display the door lock, door unlock and window open notification messages and the corresponding time. As shown in Figure 4D, the notification message that the door is locked 33 minutes ago is displayed, respectively, 3 minutes The notification message that the front door has been unlocked, and the notification message that the window has been opened 2 minutes ago, allows the user to know the specific status of the vehicle at different times.
在实际应用中,车辆的状态变化的通知消息不限于上述显示方式,例如还可以在终端的负一屏进行显示,如图5所示,为手机在负一屏显示车辆在不同时间点的状态变化通知消息的示意图。其中,图5中的负一屏可以包括根据时间预设的问候语、显示搜索框(用于搜索本地或在线内容)以及数字车钥匙的通知消息。在实际应用中,图5负一屏界面还可以包括多种显示消息,本申请对此不作限定。In practical applications, the notification message of the state change of the vehicle is not limited to the above-mentioned display methods. For example, it can also be displayed on the negative screen of the terminal. As shown in Figure 5, the mobile phone displays the state of the vehicle at different time points on the negative screen. Diagram of a change notification message. Wherein, the negative screen in FIG. 5 may include greetings preset according to time, displaying a search box (for searching local or online content) and a notification message of a digital car key. In practical applications, the negative one-screen interface in FIG. 5 may further include various display messages, which are not limited in this application.
示例性的,数字车钥匙的通知消息包括车辆发生的状态变化以及对应的时刻。如图5所示,数字车钥匙的通知消息包括:8:00,车门已锁闭;8:30车门已解锁;8:31车窗已打开;8:33,车辆已点火开启。Exemplarily, the notification message of the digital car key includes the state change of the vehicle and the corresponding time. As shown in Figure 5, the notification message of the digital car key includes: 8:00, the door is locked; 8:30, the door is unlocked; 8:31, the window is opened; and 8:33, the vehicle is ignited and turned on.
根据上述方法,通过在终端显示车辆状态变化以及对应的时间,可以便于用户了解车辆所处的状态,从而提升用户体验。According to the above method, by displaying the state change of the vehicle and the corresponding time on the terminal, it is convenient for the user to understand the state of the vehicle, thereby improving the user experience.
此外,在实际应用中,还可以用如图5所示的具体时刻来表示某一状态发生变化的时间,也可以采用如图4所示的当前时间为基准,某段时间前发生某一状态变化的方式表示状态发生变化的时间,本申请对此不作限定。In addition, in practical applications, the specific time shown in Figure 5 can also be used to represent the time when a certain state changes, or the current time shown in Figure 4 can be used as the benchmark, and a certain state occurred before a certain period of time. The mode of change indicates the time when the state changes, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,通过上述方法,可以使用户及时获知车辆的状态,保障车辆的安全。以下结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法进行介绍。It should be understood that, through the above method, the user can be informed of the state of the vehicle in time to ensure the safety of the vehicle. The following describes the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiments of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings.
示例性的,图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端定位的方法的示意性流程图。该终端定位的方法可以由图1和图2所示的终端执行,具体可以包括以下步骤:Exemplarily, FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method for locating the terminal may be performed by the terminal shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , and may specifically include the following steps:
S601,当车辆发生触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,该第一定位操作用于获取第一定位信息,该第一定位信息用于指示终端当前所在位置。S601 , when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, perform a first positioning operation, where the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information, where the first positioning information is used to indicate the current location of the terminal.
在一种实现方式中,当车辆接收到触发事件时,可以生成触发消息,并向终端发送该定位触发消息,可选地,定位触发消息可以用于指示终端执行定位操作;或者,终端在接收到定位触发消息后,自主进行定位操作。In an implementation manner, when the vehicle receives a trigger event, it may generate a trigger message and send the positioning trigger message to the terminal. Optionally, the positioning trigger message may be used to instruct the terminal to perform a positioning operation; After the positioning trigger message is received, the positioning operation is carried out autonomously.
在另一种实现方式中,终端可以设置针对车辆发生触发事件的提醒消息,当车辆发生触发事件时,终端可以响应于提醒消息,执行第一定位操作。比如,终端上可以根据第三方应用程序对车辆的目的地址进行设置,当车辆到达目的地址后,该第三方应用可以生成提醒消息(如车辆到达目的地址);之后,终端可以根据该提醒消息,执行第一 定位操作。In another implementation manner, the terminal may set a reminder message for the occurrence of a trigger event in the vehicle, and when the trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the terminal may perform the first positioning operation in response to the reminder message. For example, the destination address of the vehicle can be set on the terminal according to a third-party application. When the vehicle reaches the destination address, the third-party application can generate a reminder message (for example, the vehicle arrives at the destination address); Perform the first positioning operation.
换言之,当车辆发生触发事件时,终端可以在车辆的指示下执行第一定位操作,也可以自发地执行第一定位操作。In other words, when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the terminal may perform the first positioning operation under the instruction of the vehicle, or may perform the first positioning operation spontaneously.
其中,触发事件例如可以包括:车辆本身运行状态发生变化、车辆与终端建立连接、终端在车辆端认证通过、车辆接收到其他的触发通知等事件。The triggering events may include, for example, events such as: the running state of the vehicle itself changes, the vehicle establishes a connection with the terminal, the terminal is authenticated at the vehicle end, and the vehicle receives other trigger notifications.
示例性的,车辆本身运行状态发生变化可以包括:车辆由行驶状态变为停止状态,如车辆熄火或者车辆挂泊车(parking,P)档等;车辆与终端通过的认证例如可以包括:车辆与终端数字车钥匙密钥认证通过等;车辆接收到其它的触发通知例如可以包括:车辆根据导航信息确定到达目的地等。Exemplarily, the change of the running state of the vehicle itself may include: the vehicle changes from the running state to the stopped state, such as the vehicle is turned off or the vehicle is in the parking (P) gear, etc.; the authentication passed by the vehicle and the terminal may include, for example: The terminal digital car key key authentication is passed, etc.; the vehicle receives other trigger notifications, for example, it may include: the vehicle determines to arrive at the destination according to the navigation information, etc.
此外,在终端执行定位操作之前,该终端可以与车辆建立无线通信,并通过无线信号向车辆发送基于数字车钥匙密钥生成的认证消息进行认证。其中,终端可以对该认证消息进行加密,并向车辆发送加密后的认证消息。其中,终端可以采用认证密钥对该认证消息进行加密处理(如加密、签名等操作),本申请对具体加密方式不做限定。In addition, before the terminal performs the positioning operation, the terminal can establish wireless communication with the vehicle, and send an authentication message generated based on the digital car key key to the vehicle through a wireless signal for authentication. The terminal may encrypt the authentication message, and send the encrypted authentication message to the vehicle. The terminal may use the authentication key to perform encryption processing (such as encryption, signature, etc.) on the authentication message, and this application does not limit the specific encryption method.
车辆基于触发事件生成该定位触发消息后,可以通过无线信号将该定位触发消息发送至终端。可选地,该定位触发消息可以用于指示车辆发生触发事件(如车辆本身运行状态发生变化等),终端在接收到定位触发消息后可以自发执行定位过程;或者,该定位触发消息也可以用于明确指示终端执行定位操作,终端根据该定位触发消息的指示执行定位操作。After the vehicle generates the positioning trigger message based on the trigger event, the positioning trigger message can be sent to the terminal through a wireless signal. Optionally, the positioning trigger message can be used to indicate that a trigger event occurs in the vehicle (for example, the running state of the vehicle itself changes, etc.), and the terminal can automatically perform the positioning process after receiving the positioning trigger message; To explicitly instruct the terminal to perform the positioning operation, the terminal performs the positioning operation according to the instruction of the positioning trigger message.
S602,响应于定位触发消息,执行第一定位操作,该第一定位操作用于获取终端当前所在位置对应的第一定位信息。S602, in response to the positioning trigger message, perform a first positioning operation, where the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information corresponding to the current location of the terminal.
在一种实现方式中,终端在接收到车辆发送的定位触发消息后,可以判断当前的定位条件是否满足终端执行定位的要求。其中,定位的要求例如可以包括:终端是否接收到定位信号,如卫星信号(如GPS信号、北斗信号等)或者第五代无线通信技术(the 5th –generation,5G)信号等;或者,终端接收到的定位信号的质量是否支持终端进行精确的定位等。In an implementation manner, after receiving the positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle, the terminal may determine whether the current positioning conditions meet the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning. The requirements for positioning may include, for example: whether the terminal receives a positioning signal, such as a satellite signal (such as a GPS signal, Beidou signal, etc.) or a fifth-generation wireless communication technology (the 5th-generation, 5G) signal, etc.; or, whether the terminal receives Whether the quality of the received positioning signal supports accurate positioning of the terminal, etc.
举例来说,例如当终端采用RTK定位技术进行定位时,定位条件可以包括:该终端能否接收到RTK定位信号,或者RTK定位信号的强度是否满足RTK定位的信号强度需求;当终端采用卫星定位时,定位条件可以包括:该终端能否接收到卫星定位信号,或者卫星定位信号的强度是否满足定位信号强度需求等。For example, when the terminal uses RTK positioning technology for positioning, the positioning conditions may include: whether the terminal can receive RTK positioning signals, or whether the strength of the RTK positioning signals meets the signal strength requirements of RTK positioning; when the terminal uses satellite positioning When , the positioning condition may include: whether the terminal can receive a satellite positioning signal, or whether the strength of the satellite positioning signal meets the positioning signal strength requirement, and the like.
当终端判断当前定位条件满足终端定位的需求,也即能够进行终端定位时,进行后续的定位操作;当终端判断其定位条件不满足当前定位需求,如终端无法接收定位信号或者定位信号的强度不足以支持进行精确定位时,则通知车辆回退至常规操作,如采用RSSI测距、使用户在终端APP手动操作或者采用NFC实现交互等方案。下文主要针对当前定位条件满足终端执行定位操作的情况进行说明。When the terminal determines that the current positioning conditions meet the terminal positioning requirements, that is, the terminal positioning can be performed, the subsequent positioning operation is performed; when the terminal determines that its positioning conditions do not meet the current positioning requirements, such as the terminal cannot receive the positioning signal or the strength of the positioning signal is insufficient In order to support precise positioning, the vehicle is notified to fall back to normal operations, such as adopting RSSI ranging, enabling users to manually operate on the terminal APP, or using NFC to achieve interaction. The following mainly describes the situation in which the current positioning condition satisfies the terminal to perform the positioning operation.
当当前的定位条件满足终端执行定位操作的需求时,终端可以响应于车辆发送的触发消息执行第一定位操作。本申请实施例所说的第一定位操作是指,车辆停车,终端与车辆之间的位置小于第一阈值时,终端在车辆的触发下对自身当前的位置进行定位测量,并获取终端当前所在位置对应的第一定位信息。When the current positioning condition meets the requirement of the terminal for performing the positioning operation, the terminal may perform the first positioning operation in response to the trigger message sent by the vehicle. The first positioning operation mentioned in the embodiment of the present application refers to that when the vehicle is parked and the position between the terminal and the vehicle is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal performs positioning measurement on its current position under the trigger of the vehicle, and obtains the current location of the terminal. The first positioning information corresponding to the location.
应理解,终端当前所在位置与车辆之间的距离小于第一阈值。其中,第一阈值可以是,当车辆停止时,终端仍然处于车辆内或者与车辆之间的距离很小时,终端与车辆之 间的距离值。由于停车时,终端与车辆之间的距离很小(如终端就位于车辆内部),因此,可以用第一定位信息来指示车辆的停车位置,换句话说,第一定位信息指示的位置可以作为后续终端定位的锚点,用于判断终端在移动过程中与车辆之间的相对距离。It should be understood that the distance between the current location of the terminal and the vehicle is less than the first threshold. Wherein, the first threshold value may be, when the vehicle stops, the terminal is still in the vehicle or the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is very small, the value of the distance between the terminal and the vehicle. Since the distance between the terminal and the vehicle is very small when parking (for example, the terminal is located inside the vehicle), the first positioning information can be used to indicate the parking position of the vehicle. In other words, the position indicated by the first positioning information can be used as The anchor point for subsequent terminal positioning is used to judge the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle during the movement process.
在一种实现方式中,该终端可以基于自身具有的定位功能进行独立定位,计算终端当前位置精确信息,获取终端当前所在位置的第一定位信息。其中,该第一定位信息可以是终端的绝对地理位置信息,例如终端所在位置的地理坐标等。In an implementation manner, the terminal may perform independent positioning based on its own positioning function, calculate the precise information of the current position of the terminal, and obtain the first positioning information of the current position of the terminal. The first positioning information may be absolute geographic location information of the terminal, such as geographic coordinates of the location where the terminal is located.
在本方案中,终端可以利用多种定位技术实现定位,例如:RTK定位技术、GNSS定位技术、Wi-Fi定位技术、蜂窝网络定位技术(基于基站实现定位)、或者基于互联网大数据融合定位技术等。此外,终端还可以以RTK技术为核心,结合基站、Wi-Fi、蓝牙、GPS、AGPS、历史数据、5G等优化定位方式。In this solution, the terminal can use a variety of positioning technologies to achieve positioning, such as: RTK positioning technology, GNSS positioning technology, Wi-Fi positioning technology, cellular network positioning technology (based on base station positioning), or Internet-based big data fusion positioning technology Wait. In addition, the terminal can also use RTK technology as the core, combined with base station, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, AGPS, historical data, 5G and other optimized positioning methods.
当终端采用RTK定位技术进行定位时,可以独立定位并获取精确度较高的定位信息。而当终端采用蜂窝网络定位技术、GNSS定位技术、Wi-Fi或基于大数据等定位技术时,可选地,为保证定位结果更加精确,在车辆端也具备定位功能的情况下,可以利用车辆端的定位信息对终端的定位信息进行修正。具体的修正过程将在下文进行详细介绍。When the terminal adopts RTK positioning technology for positioning, it can locate independently and obtain positioning information with high accuracy. When the terminal adopts cellular network positioning technology, GNSS positioning technology, Wi-Fi or positioning technology based on big data, optionally, in order to ensure more accurate positioning results, if the vehicle also has the positioning function, the vehicle can be used. The positioning information of the terminal is used to correct the positioning information of the terminal. The specific correction process will be described in detail below.
S603,执行第二定位操作,该第二定位操作用于获取终端在移动过程中的实时位置对应的第二定位信息。S603: Execute a second positioning operation, where the second positioning operation is used to obtain second positioning information corresponding to the real-time position of the terminal during the moving process.
在一种实现方式中,终端进行完第一定位操作后,用户携带终端离开车辆,在终端远离车辆或者再次靠近车辆的过程中,可以执行第二定位操作。本申请实施例所说的第二定位操作是指,对终端移动过程中的实时位置进行定位。可选地,终端在移动过程中,可以对自身的移动位置进行周期性的监测,并周期性的获取终端移动位置对应的第二定位信息。In an implementation manner, after the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the user leaves the vehicle with the terminal, and the second positioning operation may be performed while the terminal is moving away from the vehicle or approaching the vehicle again. The second positioning operation mentioned in the embodiment of the present application refers to positioning the real-time position of the terminal during the movement process. Optionally, in the process of moving, the terminal may periodically monitor its own moving position, and periodically acquire second positioning information corresponding to the moving position of the terminal.
例如,第二定位操作可以在终端离开车辆至再次靠近车辆过程中,持续性进行终端移动位置的监测;或者,第二定位操作仅在终端与车辆保持无线连接过程中进行,如果当终端距离车辆较远,无线连接断开时,终端可以停止第二定位操作,而当终端再次靠近车辆,与车辆再次建立无线连接或认证通过后,终端可以再次进行第二定位操作。For example, the second positioning operation may continuously monitor the moving position of the terminal during the process of the terminal leaving the vehicle and approaching the vehicle again; or, the second positioning operation may only be performed during the process of maintaining the wireless connection between the terminal and the vehicle, if the terminal is far away from the vehicle When the terminal is far away and the wireless connection is disconnected, the terminal can stop the second positioning operation, and when the terminal approaches the vehicle again, establishes a wireless connection with the vehicle again or passes the authentication, the terminal can perform the second positioning operation again.
S604,根据终端的第一定位信息和第二定位信息,指示车辆执行目标操作。S604, instruct the vehicle to perform the target operation according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information of the terminal.
由步骤S602和步骤S603可知,第一定位信息可以用于指示车辆的停车位置,而第二定位信息为终端移动过程中的终端当前时刻对应的位置信息,因此,根据第一定位信息和第二定位信息可以判断终端与车辆之间的距离。It can be known from step S602 and step S603 that the first positioning information can be used to indicate the parking position of the vehicle, and the second positioning information is the position information corresponding to the current moment of the terminal during the movement of the terminal. Therefore, according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information The positioning information can determine the distance between the terminal and the vehicle.
之后,终端可以根据其与车辆之间的距离,指示车辆执行对应的目标操作。After that, the terminal can instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation according to the distance between it and the vehicle.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,该过程无需用户进行管理操作,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result. This process does not require the user to perform management operations, and positioning can be avoided. The process relies on the vehicle side to complete, resulting in the choice of positioning technology is limited by the vehicle side hardware. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
针对上述步骤S604中所说的,根据终端的第一定位信息和第二定位信息,指示车辆执行目标操作,可以有不同的具体实现方式。以下针对本申请实施例提供的两种不同的实现方式分别进行介绍。For the above-mentioned step S604, according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information of the terminal, the vehicle is instructed to perform the target operation, and there may be different specific implementation manners. The following describes the two different implementation manners provided by the embodiments of the present application respectively.
方式一:终端可以根据第二定位信息和第一定位信息确定其与车辆之间的相对距离,通过比较该相对距离与预设距离之间的关系,指示车辆执行对应的目标操作。例如,当 相对距离大于预设距离时,指示车辆执行第一目标操作;当相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,指示车辆执行第二目标操作。Manner 1: The terminal may determine the relative distance between it and the vehicle according to the second positioning information and the first positioning information, and instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation by comparing the relationship between the relative distance and the preset distance. For example, when the relative distance is greater than the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
示例性的,当相对距离大于预设距离时,终端可以向车辆发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示车辆执行第一目标操作;或者,当相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,终端可以向车辆发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示车辆执行第二目标动作。Exemplarily, when the relative distance is greater than the preset distance, the terminal may send first indication information to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; or, when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance , the terminal may send second instruction information to the vehicle, where the second instruction information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the second target action.
其中,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离大于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第一目标操作,具体可以是,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离由小变大过程中,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离大于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第一目标操作。类似地,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第二目标操作,具体可以是,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离由大变小过程中,当终端与车辆之间的相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,终端指示车辆执行第二目标操作。Wherein, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from small to large, when the terminal and the vehicle When the relative distance between them is greater than the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the first target operation. Similarly, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation. Specifically, when the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle changes from large to small, when When the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance, the terminal instructs the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
可选地,本申请所说的预设距离可以是以车辆为中心点,车辆周围360°方向上的与中心点之间的距离,该预设距离可以根据用户的实际需求灵活设置,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, the preset distance mentioned in this application may be the distance between the vehicle and the center point in a 360° direction around the vehicle, and the preset distance may be flexibly set according to the actual needs of the user. This is not limited.
第一目标操作例如可以是终端远离车辆时对应的相关操作,如车门锁闭、车窗锁闭、后备箱闭锁等;第二目标操作例如可以是终端靠近车辆时对应的相关操作,如车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、发动机进入可启动状态等。The first target operation may be, for example, a relevant operation when the terminal is far away from the vehicle, such as door locking, window locking, trunk lock, etc.; the second target operation may be, for example, a corresponding operation when the terminal is close to the vehicle, such as door unlocking , window unlocking, trunk unlocking, engine startable state, etc.
应理解,以上列举的第一目标操作和第二目标操作的具体类型仅为示例,在实际应用时,用户还可以根据需要,自主设置一定的指令,如打开或关闭车辆雨刷等,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the specific types of the first target operation and the second target operation listed above are only examples. In practical applications, the user can also independently set certain instructions as needed, such as turning on or off the vehicle wipers, etc. This is not limited.
除了采用方式一的方法,实现终端对车辆的控制之外,还可以进一步将终端与车辆之间距离的比较转化为终端与车辆的地理围栏的位置关系比较(即方式二),同样实现对车辆的控制。In addition to using the method of method 1 to realize the control of the vehicle by the terminal, the comparison of the distance between the terminal and the vehicle can also be further converted into a comparison of the location relationship between the terminal and the vehicle's geo-fence (that is, method 2), which also realizes the control of the vehicle. control.
方式二:终端可以将第一定位信息指示的位置(车辆的停车位置)作为地理围栏的基准位置,以预设距离为地理围栏边界和参考点之间的距离,那么当终端进入地理围栏区域时,可以等同于其与车辆之间的相对距离小于或等于预设距离的场景;当终端离开地理围栏区域时,可以等同于其与车辆之间的相对距离大于预设距离的场景。这样,终端就可以根据其与车辆地理围栏的关系,指示车辆执行对应的目标操作。Mode 2: The terminal can use the position indicated by the first positioning information (the parking position of the vehicle) as the reference position of the geo-fence, and the preset distance is the distance between the boundary of the geo-fence and the reference point, then when the terminal enters the geo-fence area , which can be equivalent to a scene where the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is less than or equal to the preset distance; when the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, it can be equivalent to a scene where the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle is greater than the preset distance. In this way, the terminal can instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation according to its relationship with the vehicle geo-fence.
相较于方式一中的终端定位的过程,在方式二中,终端可以预先根据第一定位信息获取车辆的地理围栏的信息,在用户移动过程中,终端可以根据用户的实时位置判断用户是否进入地理围栏的区域,从而指示车辆执行相应的目标操作。在方式一中,终端需要根据用户的实时位置计算用户与车辆的位置与预设距离的大小关系,从而指示车辆执行相应的目标操作;而在方式二中,终端无需多次计算用户与停车位置的距离,仅需要判断其是否进入地理围栏区域即可。因而,方式二可以节省终端的计算资源,减轻终端的负载,保证终端的使用性能。Compared with the terminal positioning process in the first mode, in the second mode, the terminal can obtain the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle in advance according to the first positioning information. Geo-fenced area, thereby instructing the vehicle to perform the corresponding target action. In mode 1, the terminal needs to calculate the relationship between the position of the user and the vehicle and the preset distance according to the real-time position of the user, so as to instruct the vehicle to perform the corresponding target operation; while in mode 2, the terminal does not need to calculate the user and the parking position multiple times. It only needs to judge whether it enters the geo-fenced area. Therefore, the second method can save the computing resources of the terminal, reduce the load of the terminal, and ensure the use performance of the terminal.
以下结合图7,对利用方式二实现对车辆控制的过程进行更为详细的介绍。The following describes the process of implementing the vehicle control using the second method in more detail with reference to FIG. 7 .
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端定位的方法的示意图。在该方法中,终端主要根据其与车辆地理围栏的位置关系,指示车辆进行对应的操作,具体包括以下步骤:FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a method for locating a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this method, the terminal mainly instructs the vehicle to perform corresponding operations according to its positional relationship with the vehicle geo-fence, which specifically includes the following steps:
S701,根据第一定位信息和预设距离,确定车辆的地理围栏。S701: Determine a geo-fence of a vehicle according to the first positioning information and a preset distance.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以从服务器预先获取不同车辆地理围栏的算法。服务器 可以对车辆围栏的生成算法进行持续升级调优,并通过安全方式下发到终端中;终端可以存储不同车辆类型对应的不同算法,并根据车辆的标识等加以区分。In an implementation manner, the terminal may obtain algorithms for geo-fencing of different vehicles in advance from the server. The server can continuously upgrade and optimize the generation algorithm of the vehicle fence, and send it to the terminal in a safe way; the terminal can store different algorithms corresponding to different vehicle types, and distinguish them according to the identification of the vehicle.
在一些实施例中,终端可以与数字车钥匙应用关联,当终端检测到某把钥匙在车辆端通过认证,则在后续定位时采用该车辆对应的算法生成地理围栏。In some embodiments, the terminal may be associated with a digital car key application, and when the terminal detects that a certain key has been authenticated at the vehicle end, it uses an algorithm corresponding to the vehicle to generate a geo-fence during subsequent positioning.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以预先获取用于计算车辆的地理围栏的其它参数信息,例如预设距离,该预设距离可以为不同方向上的地理围栏边界与基准位置之间的距离;或者地理围栏尺寸参数、地理围栏区域的形状参数等;而后,终端根据第一定位信息和地理围栏的其它参数信息,确定地理围栏的信息,如地理围栏的边界坐标等,进而获取车辆的地理围栏。In an implementation manner, the terminal may obtain other parameter information for calculating the geo-fence of the vehicle in advance, such as a preset distance, where the preset distance may be the distance between the boundary of the geo-fence and the reference position in different directions; or Geo-fence size parameters, shape parameters of the geo-fence area, etc.; then, the terminal determines the information of the geo-fence, such as the boundary coordinates of the geo-fence, according to the first positioning information and other parameter information of the geo-fence, and then obtains the geo-fence of the vehicle.
其中,不同类型的车辆可以对应不同的地理围栏的参数信息,例如不同尺寸或形状的车辆,其对应的地理围栏的参数信息也不相同;此外,地理围栏的形状还可以与车辆的朝向等相关,如地理围栏不同方向上边界的坐标点可以由车辆的航向角确定。换句话说,不同类型的车辆可以对应不同尺寸和/或形状的地理围栏区域。Among them, different types of vehicles may correspond to different parameter information of the geo-fence, for example, vehicles of different sizes or shapes have different parameter information of the corresponding geo-fence; in addition, the shape of the geo-fence may also be related to the orientation of the vehicle, etc. , such as the coordinate points of the boundary of the geofence in different directions can be determined by the heading angle of the vehicle. In other words, different types of vehicles may correspond to geofenced areas of different sizes and/or shapes.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以在地图页面的上标注出车辆的地理围栏的区域,使用户能够更加直观的获取其与地理围栏之间的位置关系。In an implementation manner, the terminal can mark the geo-fence area of the vehicle on the map page, so that the user can obtain the positional relationship between the vehicle and the geo-fence more intuitively.
应理解,由于终端测得第一定位信息可以用于指示车辆的停车位置,因此,终端可以根据第一定位信息指示的位置作为地理围栏的基准位置,生成地理围栏的信息。It should be understood that since the first positioning information measured by the terminal can be used to indicate the parking position of the vehicle, the terminal can generate the information of the geo-fence according to the position indicated by the first positioning information as the reference position of the geo-fence.
在一种实现方式中,地理围栏的不同方向的边界距离基准位置的距离可以与对应方向上的预设距离对应相等。可选地,该地理围栏的基准位置可以作为地理围栏的中心点位置。In an implementation manner, the distances between the boundaries of different directions of the geo-fence and the reference position may be equal to the preset distances in the corresponding directions. Optionally, the reference position of the geofence can be used as the position of the center point of the geofence.
在一种可能的实现方式中,如果车辆本身具备高精度定位功能,车辆也可以基于自身位置生成地理围栏。比如,当车辆支持RTK功能时,该车辆可以生成自身的地理围栏,并将地理围栏的信息发送给终端;又或者,当终端支持RTK功能时,可以由终端自身生成地理围栏的信息。In a possible implementation manner, if the vehicle itself has a high-precision positioning function, the vehicle can also generate a geo-fence based on its own location. For example, when the vehicle supports the RTK function, the vehicle can generate its own geo-fence and send the information of the geo-fence to the terminal; or, when the terminal supports the RTK function, the terminal itself can generate the information of the geo-fence.
可选地,地理围栏的信息可以包括:地理围栏的边界坐标、地理围栏在地图上对应的区域以及地理围栏区域的尺寸、形状等。Optionally, the information of the geo-fence may include: boundary coordinates of the geo-fence, the area corresponding to the geo-fence on the map, and the size and shape of the geo-fence area.
在一种实现方式中,当终端确定车辆的地理围栏的信息后,终端可以将该地理围栏的信息存储于终端本地。In an implementation manner, after the terminal determines the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle, the terminal may store the information of the geo-fence locally in the terminal.
在另一种实现方式中,终端也可以对地理围栏的信息进行加密处理,如采用认证密钥加密或签名等;之后,将加密后的地理围栏的信息发送给车辆,由车辆存储于本地的安全存储空间。加密密钥可以是车辆与终端/第一终端之间的认证密钥,或是终端和至少一个第一终端共享的加密密钥。In another implementation manner, the terminal can also perform encryption processing on the information of the geo-fence, such as encryption or signature with an authentication key; after that, the encrypted information of the geo-fence is sent to the vehicle, and the vehicle stores it in the local Safe storage space. The encryption key may be an authentication key between the vehicle and the terminal/first terminal, or an encryption key shared by the terminal and at least one first terminal.
在一种可能的场景中,当车辆中存储有地理围栏的信息时,如果用户将车辆的控制权限分享给另外一个终端(记为第一终端)时,那么当第一终端靠近远离车辆或靠近车辆时,车辆在认证通过第一终端后,可以将地理围栏的信息发送给第一终端,使得第一终端也能够执行本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法。而对地理围栏的信息进行加密处理,可以保证地理围栏的信息能够被安全地传递到认证通过或授权的第一终端并被解析使用,提高信息传输过程中的安全性以及数据来源的可靠性。In a possible scenario, when the information of the geo-fence is stored in the vehicle, if the user shares the control authority of the vehicle with another terminal (referred to as the first terminal), then when the first terminal approaches and leaves the vehicle or approaches When the vehicle is a vehicle, after the vehicle has passed the authentication of the first terminal, the vehicle can send the information of the geo-fence to the first terminal, so that the first terminal can also execute the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Encrypting the information of the geo-fence can ensure that the information of the geo-fence can be safely transmitted to the first terminal that has passed the authentication or authorization and be parsed and used, thereby improving the security of the information transmission process and the reliability of the data source.
在一种实现方式中,终端对地理围栏的信息进行加密处理后,可以利用云端安全获取地理围栏的加密密钥,或是在具备车辆控制权限的设备(如第一终端)之间共享一个 密钥,利用这个共享密钥衍生出地理围栏的加密密钥。In an implementation manner, after the terminal encrypts the information of the geo-fence, the encryption key of the geo-fence can be obtained by using cloud security, or a secret key can be shared among devices with vehicle control authority (such as the first terminal) The encryption key for the geofence is derived from this shared key.
S702,根据第二定位信息和地理围栏,确定终端与地理围栏的位置关系。S702, according to the second positioning information and the geo-fence, determine the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence.
在一种实现方式中,终端在确定第一定位信息后,进行第二定位操作,获取终端在移动过程中的实时位置信息。In an implementation manner, after determining the first positioning information, the terminal performs a second positioning operation to obtain real-time position information of the terminal during the movement process.
其中,终端与地理围栏的位置关系可以包括:终端在地理围栏之内或终端在地理围栏之外。The location relationship between the terminal and the geofence may include: the terminal is within the geofence or the terminal is outside the geofence.
S703,当根据位置关系,确定终端离开地理围栏区域时,指示车辆执行第一目标操作;当根据位置关系,确定终端进入地理围栏区域时,指示车辆执行第二目标操作。S703, when it is determined that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area according to the location relationship, instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; when it is determined that the terminal enters the geo-fence area according to the location relationship, instruct the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
在一种实现方式中,当终端的位置关系由地理围栏之内变化到地理围栏之外时,可以表示终端离开地理围栏区域;或者,当终端的位置关系由地理围栏之外到地理围栏之内时,可以表示终端进入地理围栏的区域。In an implementation manner, when the location relationship of the terminal changes from within the geofence to outside the geofence, it may indicate that the terminal leaves the geofence area; or, when the location relationship of the terminal changes from outside the geofence to inside the geofence When , it can indicate that the terminal enters the geo-fenced area.
终端可以基于其离开或进入地理围栏,向车辆发送对应的指示消息,该指示消息用于指示车辆执行对应的操作。The terminal may send a corresponding instruction message to the vehicle based on its departure or entry into the geo-fence, where the instruction message is used to instruct the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation.
具体地,当所述终端离开地理围栏时,可以向车辆发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示车辆执行第一目标操作;或者,当终端进入地理围栏时,可以向车辆发送第二指示信息,该所述第二指示信息用于指示车辆执行所述第二目标操作。Specifically, when the terminal leaves the geo-fence, the first indication information may be sent to the vehicle, where the first indication information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the first target operation; or, when the terminal enters the geo-fence, the first indication information may be sent to the vehicle. Second instruction information, the second instruction information is used to instruct the vehicle to perform the second target operation.
其中,第一目标操作包括车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁等与终端远离车辆对应的操作;第二目标操作包括车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、允许开启发动机等与终端靠近车辆对应的操作。Among them, the first target operation includes door lock, window lock, trunk lock and other operations corresponding to the terminal moving away from the vehicle; the second target operation includes door unlocking, window unlocking, trunk unlocking, allowing the engine to be started, etc. and the terminal is close to the vehicle corresponding operation.
应理解,本申请实施例中的允许开启发动机,是指当终端进入允许开启发动机这一目标动作对应的预设距离或者地理围栏时,车辆在终端的指示下,可以进入允许发动机发动的状态,这该状态下,若用户进行触发操作,如按下发动键,则车辆的发动机可以发动,否则无反应。It should be understood that allowing the engine to be started in the embodiment of the present application means that when the terminal enters the preset distance or geo-fence corresponding to the target action of allowing the engine to be started, the vehicle can enter the state of allowing the engine to start under the instruction of the terminal, In this state, if the user performs a trigger operation, such as pressing the start button, the engine of the vehicle can be started, otherwise there is no response.
可选地,终端可以对上述指示消息进行加密处理,并将加密处理后的指示消息发送至车辆。加密处理例如可以包括密钥加密并添加签名等,其中,该密钥可以是用于终端与车辆认证过程中的认证密钥。Optionally, the terminal may encrypt the above instruction message, and send the encrypted instruction message to the vehicle. The encryption process may include, for example, encryption of a key and adding a signature, where the key may be an authentication key used in the authentication process of the terminal and the vehicle.
应理解,通过对指示消息加密可以提高该指示消息传输过程中的安全性,并且能够防止该消息被恶意复制并重复发送到车辆进行攻击。It should be understood that by encrypting the instruction message, the security during the transmission of the instruction message can be improved, and the message can be prevented from being maliciously copied and repeatedly sent to the vehicle for attack.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以将指示消息作为一个单独的消息发送至车辆,也可以携带于其他通知消息中发送至车辆。例如,当终端离开地理围栏区域时,终端向车辆发送通知消息,以通知车辆该终端离开地理围栏区域,则该通知消息可以携带上述指示信息或上述加密后的指示信息;或者,当终端进入地理围栏区域时,终端向车辆发送通知消息,以通知车辆该终端进入地理围栏区域,该通知消息可以携带上述指示消息或上述加密后的指示消息。In an implementation manner, the terminal may send the indication message to the vehicle as a separate message, or may be carried in other notification messages and sent to the vehicle. For example, when the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, the terminal sends a notification message to the vehicle to notify the vehicle that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, and the notification message may carry the above-mentioned indication information or the above-mentioned encrypted indication information; When a fenced area is present, the terminal sends a notification message to the vehicle to notify the vehicle that the terminal enters the geo-fenced area, and the notification message may carry the above-mentioned indication message or the above-mentioned encrypted indication message.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result. The choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
在一种实现方式中,在无感钥匙终端进行定位的场景下,不需要终端和车辆二者绝 对精准的地理位置计算二者的相对距离,只需要计算终端与车辆之间的精准的相对距离即可。然而,用户离开车辆又返回车辆,这中间需要一段时间。由于环境因素等的变化,可能导致终端在停车时测量的第一定位信息和之后测量的第二定位信息有偏差,使得终端无法得出其与车辆之间准确的相对近距离,进而无法准确指示车辆执行相应的目标操作。In an implementation manner, in the scenario where the keyless terminal performs positioning, the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle does not need to be calculated based on the absolute precise geographic location of the two, but only the precise relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle needs to be calculated. That's it. However, it takes a while for the user to leave the vehicle and return to the vehicle. Due to changes in environmental factors, etc., there may be a discrepancy between the first positioning information measured by the terminal when it is parked and the second positioning information measured later, so that the terminal cannot obtain an accurate relative distance between it and the vehicle, and thus cannot accurately indicate The vehicle performs the corresponding target operation.
考虑到车辆停车后,其位置一般不会再发生变动,因此在车辆支持定位功能的前提下,终端可以利用车辆测得的定位参考信息,对终端自身测量的定位信息(如第二定位信息)或地理围栏的信息进行修正;或者,车辆根据自身的定位参考信息获取定位误差修正信息,终端再利用该定位误差修正信息对地理围栏和终端的定位信息进行修正,以消除环境因素导致的不同时刻定位信息测量值偏差,进而获的更精确的二者之间的相对位置。Considering that after the vehicle is parked, its position will generally not change. Therefore, on the premise that the vehicle supports the positioning function, the terminal can use the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle to measure the positioning information (such as the second positioning information) of the terminal itself. Or the information of the geo-fence is corrected; or, the vehicle obtains the positioning error correction information according to its own positioning reference information, and the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the positioning information of the geo-fence and the terminal to eliminate the different moments caused by environmental factors. The positioning information measures the deviation of the value, and then obtains a more accurate relative position between the two.
应理解,由于终端利用不同的定位方式进行定位时,获取的定位精度也不相同,因此,根据终端采用的定位方式的不同,可以选择性地利用车辆的定位参考信息对终端的定位结果进行修正。例如,当终端采用RTK定位等定位精度高的定位方式时,可以无需采用定位修正信息进行地理围栏和终端定位信息的修正;而当终端采用GNSS定位方式、Wi-Fi定位方式、蜂窝网络定位方式或基于互联网大数据融合定位方式等时,可以基于车辆的定位修正信息进行地理围栏和终端定位信息的修正。It should be understood that when the terminal uses different positioning methods for positioning, the obtained positioning accuracy is also different. Therefore, according to the different positioning methods adopted by the terminal, the positioning result of the terminal can be selectively modified by using the positioning reference information of the vehicle. . For example, when the terminal adopts a positioning method with high positioning accuracy such as RTK positioning, it is not necessary to use the positioning correction information to correct the geo-fence and terminal positioning information; and when the terminal adopts the GNSS positioning method, Wi-Fi positioning method, and cellular network positioning method Or based on the Internet big data fusion positioning method, etc., the geo-fence and terminal positioning information can be corrected based on the positioning correction information of the vehicle.
以下结合图8,对终端利用车辆端信息修正地理围栏的信息或者终端的实时位置信息的过程及原理进行进一步介绍。The following further describes the process and principle of the terminal using the vehicle terminal information to correct the information of the geo-fence or the real-time location information of the terminal with reference to FIG. 8 .
在一种实现方式中,如图8所示,当车辆停车时,车辆测得的停车位置的信息可以记为第一定位参考信息,第一定位参考信息对应的位置坐标用A来表示。终端此时基于第一定位信息计算的车辆地理围栏的坐标记为B。In an implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 8 , when the vehicle is parked, the information of the parking position measured by the vehicle may be recorded as first positioning reference information, and the position coordinates corresponding to the first positioning reference information are represented by A. At this time, the coordinate of the vehicle geo-fence calculated by the terminal based on the first positioning information is marked as B.
当用户离开车辆又返回车辆时,这中间需要一段时间。当用户返回车辆,终端与车辆建立连接并认证通过后,终端可以进行第二定位操作。此时,车辆所测得的第二定位参考信息记为A’,由于环境因素等的变化,可能导致A与A’的测量值并不相同。然而因为车辆在停止阶段不会移动,事实上二者对应的实际位置是相同的,因此A和A’之间的误差值ΔA可以表示由环境因素导致的定位信息偏差。When the user leaves the vehicle and returns to the vehicle, it takes some time in between. When the user returns to the vehicle, after the terminal establishes a connection with the vehicle and passes the authentication, the terminal can perform the second positioning operation. At this time, the second positioning reference information measured by the vehicle is denoted as A'. Due to changes in environmental factors, etc., the measured values of A and A' may be different. However, because the vehicle does not move during the stop phase, the actual positions corresponding to the two are actually the same, so the error value ΔA between A and A' can represent the deviation of the positioning information caused by environmental factors.
为了使地理围栏的信息同样克服外部环境等因素的影响,即,克服终端在测量第一定位信息生成地理围栏时刻的误差环境,和测量第二定位信息并判断是否进入地理围栏时的误差环境不同的情况,使终端的定位信息与车辆定位信息在修正到一个误差环境下,将终端在停车时生成的地理围栏的信息B修正到返回车辆时刻的误差环境中,可以利用误差值ΔA对坐标B进行修正,此时,终端的第二定位信息和地理围栏坐标均为终端返回车辆时刻的误差条件下进行测量的,外部环境等条件带来的影响被消除,可以得到两者更为准确的相对距离。In order to make the information of the geofence also overcome the influence of the external environment and other factors, that is, to overcome the error environment when the terminal measures the first positioning information to generate the geofence, and the error environment when measuring the second positioning information and judging whether to enter the geofence is different. If the location information of the terminal and the vehicle location information are corrected to an error environment, the information B of the geo-fence generated by the terminal when parking is corrected to the error environment at the time of returning to the vehicle, and the error value ΔA can be used to determine the coordinate B Correction is made. At this time, the second positioning information of the terminal and the coordinates of the geo-fence are measured under the error condition of the time when the terminal returns to the vehicle, the influence of the external environment and other conditions is eliminated, and a more accurate relative relationship between the two can be obtained. distance.
或者,终端也可以基于误差值ΔA对自身的第二定位信息进行修正,克服终端离开又返回期间内环境因素的影响,将其修正至车辆停车时刻的误差环境下。此时,地理围栏的坐标和第二定位信息均是第一时刻的条件下,进行位置比较可以获取终端与车辆更为准确的相对距离。Alternatively, the terminal can also correct its own second positioning information based on the error value ΔA, overcome the influence of environmental factors during the period when the terminal leaves and returns, and correct it to the error environment of the vehicle parking time. At this time, under the condition that the coordinates of the geo-fence and the second positioning information are both at the first moment, a more accurate relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle can be obtained by performing position comparison.
类似的,当车辆将不同时刻的自身的定位信息发送至终端,由终端计算定位误差修正信息时,也可以采用上述流程对地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息进行修正。此处不再 赘述。Similarly, when the vehicle sends its own positioning information at different times to the terminal, and the terminal calculates the positioning error correction information, the above process can also be used to correct the geo-fence information or the second positioning information. It will not be repeated here.
应理解,本实施例介绍的利用第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息的差值去修正第二定位信息或地理围栏,仅为一种示例,在实际应用时,还可以基于车辆的定位参考信息设计其他更多种的修正终端的定位信息或地理围栏误差的方式,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the use of the difference between the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to correct the second positioning information or the geo-fence described in this embodiment is only an example, and in practical applications, it may also be based on the positioning of the vehicle. Other methods for correcting the positioning information of the terminal or the geo-fence error are designed with reference to the information, which is not limited in this application.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result. The choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
示例性的,如图9所示,为终端利用车辆测得的定位参考信息修正地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息的示意图。该过程可以包括如下步骤:Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 9 , it is a schematic diagram of the terminal using the positioning reference information measured by the vehicle to correct the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information. The process can include the following steps:
S901,接收车辆发送的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,第一定位参考信息为终端执行第一定位操作时,车辆测得的停车位置,第二定位参考信息为终端执行第二定位操作时,车辆测得的停车位置。S901: Receive first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information sent by the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the terminal performing the second positioning When in operation, the vehicle's measured parking position.
在一种实现方式中,当车辆具有定位功能(如车辆支持RTK定位或GNSS定位等)时,为了使终端获取的地理围栏的定位信息更加准确,车辆可以将自身测得的定位参考信息发送给终端,由终端利用该定位参考信息对地理围栏和自身的定位信息等进行修正。In an implementation manner, when the vehicle has a positioning function (for example, the vehicle supports RTK positioning or GNSS positioning, etc.), in order to make the positioning information of the geo-fence obtained by the terminal more accurate, the vehicle can send the positioning reference information measured by itself to the The terminal uses the positioning reference information to correct the geo-fence and its own positioning information.
示例性的,车辆可以在停车时,测量第一定位参考信息。该第一定位参考信息可以为终端执行第一定位操作时,车辆测量的自身的停车位置。例如,当车辆接收到触发事件时,或者在车辆向终端发送定位触发消息时,车辆自身也执行定位操作,并获取指示车辆当前停车位置的第一定位参考信息。Exemplarily, the vehicle may measure the first positioning reference information when the vehicle is parked. The first positioning reference information may be the vehicle's own parking position measured when the terminal performs the first positioning operation. For example, when the vehicle receives a trigger event, or when the vehicle sends a positioning trigger message to the terminal, the vehicle itself also performs a positioning operation, and obtains first positioning reference information indicating the current parking position of the vehicle.
之后,车辆可以在终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,测量自身当前的停车位置,获取第二定位参考信息。例如,当终端再次靠近车辆时,终端和车辆再次建立无线连接并认证通过后,车辆可以测量此时的停车位置,获取第二定位参考信息;或者,当终端在远离车辆的过程中,如果终端移动至预设距离或者地理围栏的边界的过程中,车辆此时测量的位置信息为第二定位参考信息。Afterwards, the vehicle may measure its current parking position to obtain the second positioning reference information during the process of the terminal performing the second positioning operation. For example, when the terminal approaches the vehicle again, after the terminal and the vehicle establish a wireless connection again and pass the authentication, the vehicle can measure the parking position at this time and obtain the second positioning reference information; or, when the terminal is away from the vehicle, if the terminal During the process of moving to the preset distance or the boundary of the geo-fence, the position information measured by the vehicle at this time is the second positioning reference information.
S902,根据第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,修正车辆的地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息。S902, according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
在一种实现方式中,车辆可以将第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息发送给终端;终端利用第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,运行误差修正算法,修正车辆的地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息,以克服环境因素造成的定位偏差。In an implementation manner, the vehicle can send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal; the terminal uses the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to run an error correction algorithm to correct the geo-fence of the vehicle. information or second positioning information to overcome the positioning deviation caused by environmental factors.
可选地,车辆可以向终端同时发送第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息;或者,车辆可以先向终端发送第一定位参考信息,由终端将第一定位参考信息存储,之后,当车辆测量完第二定位参考信息后,再向终端发送第二定位参考信息。Optionally, the vehicle may send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal at the same time; or, the vehicle may first send the first positioning reference information to the terminal, and the terminal will store the first positioning reference information. After the second positioning reference information is measured, the second positioning reference information is sent to the terminal.
示例性的,如图10所示,为终端利用车辆生成定位误差修正信息修正地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息的示意图,该过程可以包括如下步骤:Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 10 , for the terminal to use the vehicle to generate the positioning error correction information to correct the information of the geo-fence or the second positioning information, the process may include the following steps:
S1001,接收车辆发送的定位误差修正信息,定位误差修正信息由车辆基于自身获取的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息生成,第一定位参考信息为终端执行第一定位操作时,车辆测得的停车位置,第二定位参考信息为终端执行第二定位操作时,车辆测 得的停车位置。S1001: Receive positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is generated by the vehicle based on first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information obtained by the vehicle itself, and the first positioning reference information is that when the terminal performs a first positioning operation, the vehicle detects The second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation.
在一种实现方式中,当车辆具有定位功能(如车辆支持RTK定位或GNSS定位等)时,为了使终端获取的地理围栏的定位信息更加准确,该车辆可以利用自身获取的定位信息获取定位误差修正信息,由终端利用该定位误差修正信息对地理围栏和自身的定位信息等进行修正。In an implementation manner, when the vehicle has a positioning function (for example, the vehicle supports RTK positioning or GNSS positioning, etc.), in order to make the positioning information of the geo-fence obtained by the terminal more accurate, the vehicle can use the positioning information obtained by itself to obtain the positioning error. Correction information, the terminal uses the positioning error correction information to correct the geo-fence and its own positioning information.
应理解,由于周围环境的变化可能会对定位信息测量值产生不同程度的影响,导致不同时刻的定位测量值有所差异。因此,车辆可以根据第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息计算误差值,并将其作为定位误差修正信息发送给终端,以便终端修正地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息。It should be understood that since changes in the surrounding environment may have different degrees of influence on the measurement value of the positioning information, the measurement value of the positioning information at different times is different. Therefore, the vehicle can calculate the error value according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, and send it to the terminal as the positioning error correction information, so that the terminal can correct the geo-fence information or the second positioning information.
S1002,根据定位误差修正信息,修正车辆的地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息。S1002, according to the positioning error correction information, correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information.
终端可以根据该定位误差修正信息,运行误差修正算法,修正车辆的地理围栏的信息或第二定位信息,以克服环境因素造成的定位偏差。The terminal can run an error correction algorithm according to the positioning error correction information to correct the information of the vehicle's geo-fence or the second positioning information, so as to overcome the positioning deviation caused by environmental factors.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过利用车辆本身测量的定位信息,对终端获取的车辆位置信息和地理围栏定位信息进行修正,能够把终端定位信息、车辆停车位置或地理围栏修正到相同时刻/环境下的误差环境中,从而克服不同时刻的环境变化导致的定位偏差,提高终端与车辆相对位置的准确性,进而提高终端指示车辆执行相关操作的精确度。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, by using the positioning information measured by the vehicle itself, the vehicle position information and the geo-fence positioning information obtained by the terminal are corrected, so that the terminal positioning information, the vehicle parking position or the geo-fence can be corrected to In the error environment at the same time/environment, the positioning deviation caused by environmental changes at different times is overcome, the accuracy of the relative position of the terminal and the vehicle is improved, and the accuracy of the terminal instructing the vehicle to perform related operations is improved.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种终端定位方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of still another terminal positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
在本实施例的场景中,终端与车辆可以建立短距离通信,终端在车辆停止时,利用定位功能对自身位置进行定位,由于终端与车辆距离较近,该定位信息可以用于指示车辆的停车位置。终端可以基于该位置信息以及获取的车辆地理围栏参数信息和算法策略等,绘制车辆的地理围栏,并基于地理围栏的信息和后续终端的定位信息,控制车辆进行对应的操作。具体过程可以包括以下步骤。In the scenario of this embodiment, the terminal and the vehicle can establish short-distance communication. When the vehicle stops, the terminal uses the positioning function to locate its own position. Since the terminal and the vehicle are relatively close, the positioning information can be used to indicate the parking of the vehicle. Location. The terminal can draw the geo-fence of the vehicle based on the location information and the obtained vehicle geo-fence parameter information and algorithm strategy, etc., and control the vehicle to perform corresponding operations based on the geo-fence information and subsequent terminal positioning information. The specific process may include the following steps.
S1101,车辆检测到触发事件。S1101, the vehicle detects a trigger event.
其中,该触发事件可以包括车辆状态变化、车辆与终端认证通过或者车量终端根据导航结果确定到达目的地等。其中,车辆状态变化可以包括车辆由运行状态变化为熄火状态、挂P档状态等停车状态;车辆与终端的认证例如可以是数字车钥匙密钥认证、车辆与终端建立无线通信连接等。Wherein, the trigger event may include a change in the state of the vehicle, the authentication between the vehicle and the terminal, or the arrival of the destination determined by the vehicle volume terminal according to the navigation result, and the like. Wherein, the vehicle state change may include the vehicle changing from the running state to the flameout state, the P-gear state and other parking states; the authentication between the vehicle and the terminal may be, for example, digital car key key authentication, establishment of a wireless communication connection between the vehicle and the terminal, etc.
S1102,车辆向终端发送定位触发消息。S1102, the vehicle sends a positioning trigger message to the terminal.
其中,在车辆发生触发事件后,该车辆生成定位触发消息,该定位触发消息用于指示终端执行定位操作。Wherein, after a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, the vehicle generates a positioning trigger message, and the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform a positioning operation.
S1103,终端判断是否能执行终端定位。S1103, the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
终端在接收到定位触发消息之后,可以基于当前的定位条件判断是否满足终端定位的要求。例如,终端可以判断能否接收到定位信息(如卫星信号或者5G信号等),或者终端可以判断当前接收到的定位信号质量能否满足定位的需求等。After receiving the positioning trigger message, the terminal may judge whether the terminal positioning requirement is met based on the current positioning condition. For example, the terminal can determine whether positioning information (such as satellite signals or 5G signals, etc.) can be received, or the terminal can determine whether the quality of the currently received positioning signal can meet the positioning requirements, etc.
若当前定位条件能够满足终端定位,则执行步骤S1103(a),计算终端当前位置信息,并画出车辆的地理围栏。If the current positioning condition can satisfy the terminal positioning, step S1103(a) is executed, the current position information of the terminal is calculated, and the geo-fence of the vehicle is drawn.
若无法进行终端定位,则进行步骤S1103(b),回退常规交互流程。其中,常规交互流程可以是根据预先设置的策略回退到现有方案,例如车辆基于RSSI定位、用户通过App主动操控或者NFC等方案。If the terminal positioning cannot be performed, step S1103(b) is performed to return to the normal interaction process. The conventional interaction process may be to fall back to an existing solution according to a preset policy, for example, a vehicle based on RSSI positioning, a user's active control through an App, or an NFC solution.
应理解,在支持本申请实施例中终端对车辆的操控方式之外,车辆还可以兼容多种现有的方式执行相应的操作。比如,在一些终端的定位条件不满足终端定位的要求(如终端接收不到定位信号)场景下,终端判断当前无法执行终端定位,则终端可以向车辆发送通知消息,通知车辆采用该车辆支持的其它方式完成相应的操作。如,使车辆基于RSSI对车辆和终端进行定位,然后基于终端与车辆之间的距离执行相应的操作。又比如,当终端判断当前无法执行终端定位时,终端可以向用户显示提示消息,如“当前定位信号较弱,无法执行终端定位”等,之后,用户就可以在终端上的数字车钥匙应用中手动点击相应的操作选项(如指示车辆锁闭车门的选项等),使得车辆执行响应的操作。其中,一些车辆基于现有的方式执行相应操作的过程可以参见现有流程,此处不再详述,且下文仅针对终端满足由终端执行定位的情形进行介绍。It should be understood that, in addition to supporting the manner in which the terminal controls the vehicle in the embodiments of the present application, the vehicle may also be compatible with various existing manners to perform corresponding operations. For example, in the scenario where the positioning conditions of some terminals do not meet the requirements for terminal positioning (for example, the terminal cannot receive positioning signals), and the terminal determines that terminal positioning cannot be performed at present, the terminal can send a notification message to the vehicle to notify the vehicle to use the vehicle supported by the vehicle. Other ways to complete the corresponding operation. For example, let the vehicle locate the vehicle and the terminal based on RSSI, and then perform corresponding operations based on the distance between the terminal and the vehicle. For another example, when the terminal determines that the terminal positioning cannot be performed currently, the terminal can display a prompt message to the user, such as "the current positioning signal is weak, and the terminal positioning cannot be performed", etc. After that, the user can use the digital car key application on the terminal. Manually click on the corresponding operation option (such as an option instructing the vehicle to lock the door, etc.), so that the vehicle performs the corresponding operation. Among them, the process for some vehicles to perform corresponding operations based on the existing method can refer to the existing process, which will not be described in detail here, and the following only introduces the situation that the terminal satisfies the positioning performed by the terminal.
S1104,终端确定终端远离车辆时或终端再次靠近车辆的交互方式。S1104, the terminal determines the interaction mode when the terminal is far away from the vehicle or when the terminal approaches the vehicle again.
这里的交互方式可以包括采用终端定位的方式指示车辆执行相应的操作,或者使车辆按照现有的其它方式执行相应的操作。其中,当终端能够执行终端定位时,终端确定终端在本次远离车辆的过程中或者终端再次靠近车辆过程中与车辆交互方式为终端基于定位信息控制车辆。The interaction mode here may include instructing the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation by using a terminal positioning method, or causing the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation according to other existing methods. Wherein, when the terminal can perform terminal positioning, the terminal determines that the terminal interacts with the vehicle during the current process of moving away from the vehicle or when the terminal approaches the vehicle again as the terminal controls the vehicle based on the positioning information.
应理解,当车辆停车后,终端基于定位信息与车辆交互,由于车辆位置在停车后一般不会再发生变化,因此当终端再次靠近车辆时,定位条件一般不会发生较大变化,因此还可以采用终端之前一次的基于定位信息与车辆无感交互。It should be understood that after the vehicle is parked, the terminal interacts with the vehicle based on the positioning information. Since the position of the vehicle generally does not change after the vehicle is parked, when the terminal approaches the vehicle again, the positioning conditions generally do not change significantly. Use the terminal's previous sensorless interaction with the vehicle based on positioning information.
S1105,终端向车辆发送地理围栏的信息。S1105, the terminal sends the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
其中,当终端确定车辆的地理围栏的信息后,可以将该地理围栏的信息存储于终端;也可以将该地理围栏的信息发送至车辆,由车辆存储于安全的存储空间。Wherein, after the terminal determines the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle, the information of the geo-fence can be stored in the terminal; the information of the geo-fence can also be sent to the vehicle, and the vehicle can store the information in a safe storage space.
在一种实现方式中,如果用户将车辆的控制权限分享给另外一个终端(记为第一终端)时,那么当第一终端与车辆无线连接并认证通过时,车辆可以将地理围栏的信息发送该第一终端,使得第一终端也能够执行本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法。In an implementation manner, if the user shares the control authority of the vehicle with another terminal (referred to as the first terminal), then when the first terminal is wirelessly connected to the vehicle and authenticated, the vehicle can send the geo-fence information The first terminal enables the first terminal to also execute the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
进一步地,终端可以对该地理围栏的信息进行加密,并将加密后的地理围栏的信息发送至车辆,例如,终端可以采用终端的密钥对该地理围栏的信息进行加密,或者对该地理围栏的信息添加签名,以提高信息传输过程中的安全性和来源的可靠性,其中,该终端的密钥可以是终端与车辆认证过程中采用的密钥,或是终端与至少一个第一终端共享的加密密钥。Further, the terminal can encrypt the information of the geo-fence, and send the encrypted information of the geo-fence to the vehicle. For example, the terminal can use the key of the terminal to encrypt the information of the geo-fence, or the Add a signature to the information to improve the security of the information transmission process and the reliability of the source, wherein the key of the terminal can be the key used in the authentication process between the terminal and the vehicle, or the terminal and at least one first terminal. encryption key.
S1106,当终端再次进入地理围栏时,车辆触发终端定位。S1106, when the terminal enters the geo-fence again, the vehicle triggers terminal positioning.
当用户携带终端再次靠近车辆的过程中,该终端可以对自身位置进行实时定位;当终端靠近车辆位置时,可以与车辆再次建立无线通信,并且还可以基于数字车钥匙密钥与车辆进行密钥认证。当终端与车辆建立无线连接,或认证通过后,车辆可以触发终端执行定位操作,终端可以检测是否收到定位触发消息等。When the user brings the terminal close to the vehicle again, the terminal can locate its own position in real time; when the terminal is close to the vehicle position, it can establish wireless communication with the vehicle again, and can also key with the vehicle based on the digital car key key Certification. When the terminal establishes a wireless connection with the vehicle or passes the authentication, the vehicle can trigger the terminal to perform a positioning operation, and the terminal can detect whether a positioning trigger message has been received.
可选地,该触发终端定位的事件例如可以是车辆向终端发送的单独的定位触发消息;或者,车辆向终端发送的认证通过消息,并在该认证通过消息携带指示终端后续进行定位的信息等。Optionally, the event that triggers the positioning of the terminal may be, for example, a separate positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle to the terminal; or, an authentication pass message sent by the vehicle to the terminal, and the authentication pass message carries information indicating the terminal to perform subsequent positioning, etc. .
S1107,终端判断能否执行终端定位。S1107, the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
S1108,终端进行终端定位,基于地理围栏的信息,持续监测并判断终端是否进入地理围栏内。S1108, the terminal performs terminal positioning, and based on the information of the geo-fence, continuously monitors and determines whether the terminal enters the geo-fence.
其中,终端可以从自身安全存储空间或者从车辆出安全获取车辆的地理围栏的信息。Wherein, the terminal may obtain the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle from its own safe storage space or from the vehicle exit.
在终端靠近车辆的过程中,该终端可以进行高精度定位,持续监测其位置,判断终端是否进入地理围栏内。In the process of the terminal approaching the vehicle, the terminal can perform high-precision positioning, continuously monitor its position, and determine whether the terminal enters the geo-fence.
S1109,终端进入地理围栏后,向车辆发送指示消息。S1109: After the terminal enters the geo-fence, it sends an instruction message to the vehicle.
其中,该指示消息可以用于通知车辆该终端进入地理围栏区域内,该指示消息可以携带终端生成的指示车辆执行对应操作的控制指令。The instruction message may be used to notify the vehicle that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, and the instruction message may carry a control instruction generated by the terminal to instruct the vehicle to perform a corresponding operation.
该指示消息或者控制指令可以基于终端的密钥加密保护,防止其他设备截取使用。其中,该终端的密钥可以是终端与车辆认证过程中采用的密钥。The instruction message or control instruction can be encrypted and protected based on the key of the terminal to prevent interception and use by other devices. The key of the terminal may be the key used in the authentication process between the terminal and the vehicle.
S1110,车辆根据指示消息,执行对应的目标操作。S1110, the vehicle performs a corresponding target operation according to the instruction message.
该对应的控制操作可以是与终端进入地理围栏这一事件对应的操作,例如车门解锁等。The corresponding control operation may be an operation corresponding to the event that the terminal enters the geo-fence, such as unlocking the door of the vehicle.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,终端定位的方法可以有多种,例如蓝牙、UWB、或者以RTK为核心,结合基站、蓝牙、GPS、北斗定位技术、AGPS、历史数据、5G等优化的定位方式。本申请实施例中,终端的定位方式只需满足终端定位的精度需求即可,本申请对终端采用的具体定位方式不做限定。It should be understood that the terminal positioning method provided in the embodiments of the present application may include various methods for terminal positioning, such as Bluetooth, UWB, or RTK as the core, combined with base station, Bluetooth, GPS, Beidou positioning technology, AGPS, historical data, 5G and other optimized positioning methods. In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning method of the terminal only needs to meet the accuracy requirement of the terminal positioning, and the specific positioning method adopted by the terminal is not limited in the present application.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。图12示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种终端定位方法的示意性流程图。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result. The choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience. FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another terminal positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
相对于图11示出的实施例,在本实施例的场景中,车辆可以与终端配合进行定位,完成相对距离的判断,其中,车辆可以作为终端定位的基准点,提供定位误差修正信息给终端,使得终端能够精确计算其与车辆之间的相对位置。具体过程可以包括以下步骤。Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , in the scenario of this embodiment, the vehicle can cooperate with the terminal to perform positioning to complete the judgment of the relative distance, wherein the vehicle can be used as the reference point of the terminal positioning and provide the positioning error correction information to the terminal. , so that the terminal can accurately calculate the relative position between it and the vehicle. The specific process may include the following steps.
S1201,车辆检测到触发事件。S1201, the vehicle detects a trigger event.
S1202,车辆向终端发送定位触发消息。S1202, the vehicle sends a positioning trigger message to the terminal.
S1203,终端判断是否能执行终端定位。S1203, the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
S1204,终端确定终端远离车辆或终端再次靠近车辆时的交互方式。S1204, the terminal determines the interaction mode when the terminal is far away from the vehicle or the terminal approaches the vehicle again.
S1205,车辆向终端发送第一定位参考信息。S1205, the vehicle sends the first positioning reference information to the terminal.
具体地,当终端执行第一定位操作时,车辆也执行定位操作,并获得指示车辆停车位置的第一定位参考信息。之后,车辆将第一定位参考信息发送给终端,终端可以将该第一定位参考信息存储于本地的存储空间,以便后续利用该信息进行定位的误差修正。Specifically, when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the vehicle also performs the positioning operation, and obtains the first positioning reference information indicating the parking position of the vehicle. After that, the vehicle sends the first positioning reference information to the terminal, and the terminal can store the first positioning reference information in a local storage space, so as to use the information to perform positioning error correction subsequently.
S1206,终端执行第一定位操作,并生成车辆的地理围栏。S1206, the terminal performs a first positioning operation, and generates a geo-fence of the vehicle.
S1207,终端向车辆发送地理围栏的信息。S1207, the terminal sends the information of the geofence to the vehicle.
S1208,当终端再次进入地理围栏时,车辆触发终端定位。S1208, when the terminal enters the geo-fence again, the vehicle triggers terminal positioning.
S1209,终端判断能否执行终端定位。S1209, the terminal determines whether terminal positioning can be performed.
S1210,车辆向终端发送第二定位参考信息。S1210, the vehicle sends the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
在一种实现方式中,终端确定能够执行终端定位后,可以向车辆反馈。之后,车辆可以向终端发送第二定位参考信息。In an implementation manner, after the terminal determines that the terminal positioning can be performed, it can feedback to the vehicle. After that, the vehicle can send the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
S1211,终端执行第二定位操作;终端对第二定位信息或地理围栏的信息进行修正;终端判断终端进入地理围栏内。S1211, the terminal performs a second positioning operation; the terminal corrects the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence; and the terminal determines that the terminal has entered the geo-fence.
终端这里执行的第二定位操作,是对终端靠近车辆过程中的移动位置进行定位。The second positioning operation performed by the terminal here is to locate the moving position of the terminal in the process of approaching the vehicle.
在一种实现方式中,终端可以利用第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息对第二定位信息或地理围栏的信息进行修正。In an implementation manner, the terminal may use the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to modify the second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence.
在一种实现方式中,终端基于修正后的第二定位信息或地理围栏的信息,判断终端进入地理围栏区域。In an implementation manner, the terminal determines that the terminal enters the geo-fence area based on the revised second positioning information or the information of the geo-fence.
S1212,终端进入地理围栏后,向车辆发送指示消息。S1212, after the terminal enters the geo-fence, it sends an instruction message to the vehicle.
S1213,车辆根据指示消息,执行对应的目标操作。S1213, the vehicle performs the corresponding target operation according to the instruction message.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,终端定位的方法可以有多种,例如RTK技术、北斗定位技术、GPS定位技术等,只需满足终端定位的精度需求即可,本申请对终端采用的具体定位方式不做限定。It should be understood that the terminal positioning method provided in the embodiments of the present application may include various terminal positioning methods, such as RTK technology, Beidou positioning technology, GPS positioning technology, etc., as long as the accuracy requirements of terminal positioning are met. The specific positioning method adopted by the terminal is not limited.
根据本申请实施例提供的终端定位的方法,通过由终端根据车辆的定位触发消息启动定位流程,并基于定位结果确定终端是否进入车辆的预设范围,能够避免定位过程依赖车辆端完成,导致对定位技术的选择受限于车辆端的硬件。利用终端迭代速度快的特性,终端可以匹配或兼容多种定位技术,增加了定位技术的可选性并提升了用户的使用体验。According to the terminal positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal starts the positioning process according to the positioning trigger message of the vehicle, and determines whether the terminal enters the preset range of the vehicle based on the positioning result. The choice of positioning technology is limited by the hardware on the vehicle side. With the fast iteration speed of the terminal, the terminal can match or be compatible with a variety of positioning technologies, which increases the optionality of the positioning technology and improves the user experience.
此外,应理解,本申请实施例提供的方法不仅适用于车辆,还可以适用于多种能够应用该定位方法的设备,例如智能门锁、智能家电等。In addition, it should be understood that the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are not only applicable to vehicles, but also applicable to various devices that can apply the positioning method, such as smart door locks, smart home appliances, and the like.
可以理解的是,终端为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件和/或软件模块。结合文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的定位步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以结合实施例对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the terminal includes corresponding hardware and/or software modules for executing each function. The positioning steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functionality for each particular application in conjunction with the embodiments, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,如定位单元、处理单元、发送单元等,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块可以采用硬件的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided into each function corresponding to each function, such as a positioning unit, a processing unit, a sending unit, etc., or two or more functions may be divided into integrated in a processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,以下结合附图,对各个模块的功能进行说明。It should be noted that, all relevant contents of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module. The following describes the functions of each module with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的示意性结构图。该终端1300包括:接收模块1301,定位模块1302以及指示模块1303。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal 1300 includes: a receiving module 1301 , a positioning module 1302 and an indicating module 1303 .
在其中一个实施例中,接收模块1301,用于接收车辆发送的定位触发消息,该定位触发消息用于指示终端执行定位操作。In one embodiment, the receiving module 1301 is configured to receive a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform a positioning operation.
定位模块1302,用于响应于所述定位触发消息,执行第一定位操作,所述第一定位操作用于获取所述终端当前所在位置对应的第一定位信息,所述终端当前所在位置与所述车辆之间的距离小于第一阈值;执行第二定位操作,所述第二定位操作用于获取所述终端在移动过程中的实时位置对应的第二定位信息。The positioning module 1302 is configured to perform a first positioning operation in response to the positioning trigger message, where the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information corresponding to the current location of the terminal, and the current location of the terminal is the same as the current location of the terminal. The distance between the vehicles is less than a first threshold; a second positioning operation is performed, and the second positioning operation is used to obtain second positioning information corresponding to the real-time position of the terminal during the movement.
指示模块1303,用于根据所述第一定位信息和第二定位信息,指示所述车辆执行目标操作。The instructing module 1303 is configured to instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information.
在其中一个实施例中,该终端1300还可以包括处理模块,用于根据所述第一定位信息和所述第二定位信息,确定所述终端与所述车辆的相对距离;其中,当相对距离大于预设距离时,指示车辆执行第一目标操作;当相对距离小于或等于预设距离时,指示车辆执行第二目标操作。In one embodiment, the terminal 1300 may further include a processing module configured to determine the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information; wherein, when the relative distance is When the distance is greater than the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
在其中一个实施例中,处理模块,还用于根据所述第一定位信息,确定所述车辆的地理围栏。In one embodiment, the processing module is further configured to determine the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the first positioning information.
在其中一个实施例中,处理模块,还用于根据所述第二定位信息和所述地理围栏的信息,确定所述终端与所述地理围栏的位置关系;当根据所述位置关系,确定所述终端离开所述地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第一目标操作;当根据所述位置关系,确定所述终端进入所述地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第二目标操作。In one embodiment, the processing module is further configured to determine the positional relationship between the terminal and the geofence according to the second positioning information and the information of the geofence; when determining the positional relationship according to the positional relationship When the terminal leaves the geo-fence area, the vehicle is instructed to perform the first target operation; when it is determined according to the location relationship that the terminal enters the geo-fence area, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
在其中一个实施例中,接收模块1301,还用于接收所述车辆发送的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置。In one embodiment, the receiving module 1301 is further configured to receive first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information sent by the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is for the terminal to perform the first positioning operation is the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation.
处理模块,还用于根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。The processing module is further configured to correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information.
在其中一个实施例中,接收模块1301,还用于接收所述车辆发送的定位误差修正信息,所述定位误差修正信息由所述车辆基于自身获取的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息生成,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置。In one embodiment, the receiving module 1301 is further configured to receive the positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is obtained by the vehicle based on the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information based on itself generating, the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is when the terminal performs the second positioning operation , the measured parking position of the vehicle.
处理模块,还用于根据所述定位误差修正信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏的信息或所述第二定位信息。The processing module is further configured to correct the information of the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information according to the positioning error correction information.
在其中一个实施例中,所述第一目标操作包括以下至少一种:所述车辆的车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁;In one of the embodiments, the first target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle;
所述第二目标操作包括以下至少一种:所述车辆的车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、开启发动机。The second target operation includes at least one of the following: unlocking the doors of the vehicle, unlocking the windows, unlocking the trunk, and starting the engine.
在其中一个实施例中,处理模块,还用于判断当前定位条件是否满足所述终端执行定位的要求;其中,当所述定位条件不满足所述定位的要求时,通知所述车辆通过接收的信号强度指示RSSI、近场通信NFC或用户手动操作中的至少一种执行所述目标操作。In one embodiment, the processing module is further configured to determine whether the current positioning condition meets the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning; wherein, when the positioning conditions do not meet the positioning requirements, notify the vehicle to pass the received The signal strength indicates at least one of RSSI, near field communication, NFC, or manual user action to perform the target operation.
在其中一个实施例中,处理模块,还用于判断是否接收到定位信号;或者,判断接收到的定位信号质量是否满足所述定位要求。In one embodiment, the processing module is further configured to determine whether a positioning signal is received; or, determine whether the quality of the received positioning signal meets the positioning requirement.
在其中一个实施例中,终端1300还可以包括发送模块,用于向所述车辆发送所述地理围栏的信息。In one of the embodiments, the terminal 1300 may further include a sending module, configured to send the information of the geo-fence to the vehicle.
在其中一个实施例中,终端1300还可以包括加密模块,用于对地理围栏的信息进行加密,该加密的方式包括密钥加密和签名加密。In one of the embodiments, the terminal 1300 may further include an encryption module for encrypting the information of the geo-fence, and the encryption method includes key encryption and signature encryption.
发送模块,还可以用于向车辆发送加密后的地理围栏的信息。The sending module can also be used to send encrypted geo-fence information to the vehicle.
在其中一个实施例中,接收模块,还可以用于接收车辆发送的地理围栏的信息。In one of the embodiments, the receiving module can also be used to receive the geo-fence information sent by the vehicle.
处理单元,还可以用于根据第二定位信息和地理围栏的信息,确定终端与地理围栏的位置关系。The processing unit may also be configured to determine the positional relationship between the terminal and the geofence according to the second positioning information and the information of the geofence.
在其中一个实施例中,终端采用的定位方式包括以下至少一种:载波相位差分RTK技术、全球导航定位系统GNSS、无线保真Wi-Fi定位、蜂窝网络定位、基于互联网大数据融合定位。In one embodiment, the positioning method adopted by the terminal includes at least one of the following: carrier phase differential RTK technology, global navigation and positioning system GNSS, wireless fidelity Wi-Fi positioning, cellular network positioning, and Internet-based big data fusion positioning.
图14示出了本申请实施例提供的一种车辆的示意性结构图。该车辆1400包括:接收模块1401,处理模块1402以及发送模块1403。FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present application. The vehicle 1400 includes: a receiving module 1401 , a processing module 1402 and a sending module 1403 .
在其中一个实施例中,接收模块1401,可以用于获取触发事件。In one of the embodiments, the receiving module 1401 can be used to acquire the trigger event.
处理模块1402,可以用于响应于触发事件生成定位触发消息,该定位触发消息用于指示终端进行定位。The processing module 1402 may be configured to generate a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform positioning.
发送模块1403,可以用于向终端发送定位触发消息。The sending module 1403 may be configured to send a positioning trigger message to the terminal.
在其中一个实施例中,车辆1400还包括定位模块,用于获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置。In one embodiment, the vehicle 1400 further includes a positioning module, configured to acquire first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is for the terminal to perform the first positioning operation is the parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs a second positioning operation.
发送模块1403,用于向所述终端发送所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息。The sending module 1403 is configured to send the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information to the terminal.
在其中一个实施例中,定位模块,用于获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作时,所述车辆测得的停车位置。In one embodiment, the positioning module is configured to acquire first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is when the terminal performs the first positioning operation, the The parking position measured by the vehicle, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs a second positioning operation.
处理模块1402,用于根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,确定定位误差修正信息;a processing module 1402, configured to determine positioning error correction information according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information;
发送模块1403,用于向所述终端发送所述定位误差修正信息。The sending module 1403 is configured to send the positioning error correction information to the terminal.
在其中一个实施例中,车辆1400还可以包括接收模块和操作模块,其中,接收模块,可以用于接收所述终端发送的指示消息,其中,所述指示消息用于指示所述车辆执行目标操作,所述目标操作与所述终端和所述车辆之间的相对距离,或者,与所述终端和所述地理围栏的位置关系对应。In one embodiment, the vehicle 1400 may further include a receiving module and an operation module, wherein the receiving module may be configured to receive an instruction message sent by the terminal, wherein the instruction message is used to instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation , the target operation corresponds to the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle, or the positional relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence.
操作模块,可以用于根据指示消息执行目标操作。The operation module can be used to execute the target operation according to the instruction message.
在其中一个实施例中,所述目标操作包括以下至少一种:所述车辆的车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁;或者,所述车辆的车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、开启发动机。In one of the embodiments, the target operation includes at least one of the following: door locking, window locking, and trunk locking of the vehicle; or, door unlocking, window unlocking, trunk unlocking, opening of the vehicle engine.
在其中一个实施例中,接收模块,还可以用于接收终端发送的地理围栏的信息。In one of the embodiments, the receiving module may also be configured to receive the geofence information sent by the terminal.
本申请实施例还提供了一种终端定位的系统,包括用于执行本申请实施例的终端定位的方法的终端和车辆。An embodiment of the present application further provides a system for positioning a terminal, including a terminal and a vehicle for executing the method for positioning a terminal according to the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个方法中的一个或多个步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer or the processor is run on the computer, the computer or the processor causes the computer or the processor to execute any one of the above methods. or multiple steps.
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品。当该计算机程序产品在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个方法中的一个或多个步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions. The computer program product, when run on a computer or processor, causes the computer or processor to perform one or more steps of any of the above methods.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序 产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted over a computer-readable storage medium. The computer instructions can be sent from one website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center for transmission. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that to realize all or part of the processes in the above embodiments, the process can be completed by instructing the relevant hardware by a computer program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and when the program is executed, The process of each method embodiment described above may be included. The aforementioned storage medium includes: ROM or random storage memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the present application shall be covered by this within the protection scope of the application examples. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种终端定位的方法,其特征在于,应用于终端,所述方法包括:A method for locating a terminal, characterized in that it is applied to a terminal, and the method includes:
    当车辆发生触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,所述第一定位操作用于获取第一定位信息,所述第一定位信息用于指示所述终端当前所在位置;When a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, a first positioning operation is performed, and the first positioning operation is used to obtain first positioning information, and the first positioning information is used to indicate the current location of the terminal;
    执行第二定位操作,所述第二定位操作用于获取所述终端的第二定位信息,所述第二定位信息为所述终端的实时定位信息;performing a second positioning operation, where the second positioning operation is used to obtain second positioning information of the terminal, where the second positioning information is real-time positioning information of the terminal;
    根据所述第一定位信息和第二定位信息,指示所述车辆执行目标操作。According to the first positioning information and the second positioning information, the vehicle is instructed to perform a target operation.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一定位信息和第二定位信息,指示所述车辆执行目标操作,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the instructing the vehicle to perform a target operation according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information comprises:
    根据所述第一定位信息和所述第二定位信息,确定所述终端与所述车辆的相对距离;determining the relative distance between the terminal and the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the second positioning information;
    当所述相对距离大于预设距离时,指示所述车辆执行第一目标操作;When the relative distance is greater than a preset distance, instructing the vehicle to perform a first target operation;
    当所述相对距离小于或等于所述预设距离时,指示所述车辆执行第二目标操作。When the relative distance is less than or equal to the preset distance, the vehicle is instructed to perform a second target operation.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述第一定位信息和所述预设距离,确定所述车辆的地理围栏;其中:Determine the geo-fence of the vehicle according to the first positioning information and the preset distance; wherein:
    所述地理围栏的基准位置为所述第一定位信息指示的位置,所述地理围栏任一方向上的边界与所述基准位置之间的距离与所述任一方向对应的所述预设距离相等。The reference position of the geofence is the position indicated by the first positioning information, and the distance between the boundary of the geofence in any direction and the reference position is equal to the preset distance corresponding to the any direction .
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述第二定位信息和所述地理围栏,确定所述终端与所述地理围栏的位置关系;其中:According to the second positioning information and the geo-fence, determine the location relationship between the terminal and the geo-fence; wherein:
    当根据所述位置关系,确定所述终端离开地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第一目标操作;Instructing the vehicle to perform a first target operation when it is determined according to the location relationship that the terminal leaves the geo-fence area;
    当根据所述位置关系,确定所述终端进入地理围栏区域时,指示所述车辆执行第二目标操作。When it is determined that the terminal enters the geo-fence area according to the positional relationship, the vehicle is instructed to perform the second target operation.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述车辆发送的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;Receive first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information sent by the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation. The second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation;
    根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏或所述第二定位信息。According to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information, the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information is corrected.
  6. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述车辆发送的定位误差修正信息,所述定位误差修正信息由所述车辆基于自身获取的第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息生成,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行所述第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;Receive the positioning error correction information sent by the vehicle, where the positioning error correction information is generated by the vehicle based on the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information obtained by the vehicle itself, and the first positioning reference information is executed by the terminal The parking position measured by the vehicle during the first positioning operation, and the second positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the terminal performing the second positioning operation;
    根据所述定位误差修正信息,修正所述车辆的地理围栏或所述第二定位信息。According to the positioning error correction information, the geo-fence of the vehicle or the second positioning information is corrected.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当车辆发生触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the performing the first positioning operation when a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, specifically includes:
    当车辆发生触发事件时,接收所述车辆发送的定位触发消息,所述定位触发消息用于指示所述终端执行所述第一定位操作;When a trigger event occurs in the vehicle, receive a positioning trigger message sent by the vehicle, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform the first positioning operation;
    响应于所述定位触发消息,执行所述第一定位操作。The first positioning operation is performed in response to the positioning trigger message.
  8. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述当车辆发送触发事件时,执行第一定位操作,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the performing the first positioning operation when the vehicle sends a trigger event, specifically includes:
    设置针对所述触发事件的提醒消息;setting a reminder message for the trigger event;
    响应于所述提醒消息,执行所述第一定位操作。The first positioning operation is performed in response to the reminder message.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述触发事件包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the trigger event comprises at least one of the following:
    所述车辆由行驶状态变为停车状态;或者,The vehicle changes from a running state to a parked state; or,
    所述车辆对所述终端认证通过;或者,The vehicle has passed the authentication of the terminal; or,
    所述车辆到达预设的目的地址。The vehicle arrives at the preset destination address.
  10. 根据权利要求2-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一目标操作包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 2-9, wherein the first target operation comprises at least one of the following:
    所述车辆的车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁;Door lock, window lock and trunk lock of the vehicle;
    第二目标操作包括以下至少一种:The second target operation includes at least one of the following:
    所述车辆的车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、允许开启发动机。The doors of the vehicle are unlocked, the windows are unlocked, the trunk is unlocked, and the engine is allowed to be started.
  11. 根据权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein the method further comprises:
    判断当前定位条件是否满足所述终端执行定位的要求;其中:Judging whether the current positioning conditions meet the requirements for the terminal to perform positioning; wherein:
    当所述定位条件不满足所述定位的要求时,通知所述车辆通过信号强度指示RSSI、近场通信NFC或用户手动操作中的至少一种执行所述目标操作。When the positioning conditions do not meet the positioning requirements, the vehicle is notified to perform the target operation through at least one of signal strength indication RSSI, near field communication NFC, or user manual operation.
  12. 一种终端定位的方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于车辆,包括:A method for locating a terminal, wherein the method is applied to a vehicle, comprising:
    获取触发事件;Get trigger event;
    响应于所述触发事件生成定位触发消息,所述定位触发消息用于指示所述终端执行定位操作;generating a positioning trigger message in response to the trigger event, where the positioning trigger message is used to instruct the terminal to perform a positioning operation;
    向所述终端发送所述定位触发消息。Send the positioning trigger message to the terminal.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述终端发送的指示消息,其中,所述指示消息用于指示所述车辆执行目标操作,所述目标操作与所述终端和所述车辆之间的预设距离对应,或者,所述目标操作与所述终端和所述车辆的地理围栏的位置关系对应;Receive an instruction message sent by the terminal, where the instruction message is used to instruct the vehicle to perform a target operation, and the target operation corresponds to a preset distance between the terminal and the vehicle, or the target The operation corresponds to the location relationship of the terminal and the geo-fence of the vehicle;
    根据所述指示消息执行目标操作。The target operation is performed according to the instruction message.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;Obtain first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning The reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation;
    向所述终端发送所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息。The first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information are sent to the terminal.
  15. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取所述车辆第一定位参考信息和第二定位参考信息,所述第一定位参考信息为所述终端执行第一定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置,所述第二定位参考 信息为所述终端执行第二定位操作的过程中,所述车辆测得的停车位置;Obtain first positioning reference information and second positioning reference information of the vehicle, where the first positioning reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle during the process of the terminal performing the first positioning operation, and the second positioning The reference information is the parking position measured by the vehicle when the terminal performs the second positioning operation;
    根据所述第一定位参考信息和所述第二定位参考信息,确定定位误差修正信息;determining positioning error correction information according to the first positioning reference information and the second positioning reference information;
    向所述终端发送所述定位误差修正信息。Send the positioning error correction information to the terminal.
  16. 根据权利要求12-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述触发事件包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 12-15, wherein the trigger event comprises at least one of the following:
    所述车辆由行驶状态变为停车状态;或者,The vehicle changes from a running state to a parked state; or,
    所述车辆对所述终端认证通过;或者,The vehicle has passed the authentication of the terminal; or,
    所述车辆到达预设的目的地址。The vehicle arrives at the preset destination address.
  17. 根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一目标操作包括以下至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 13-16, wherein the first target operation comprises at least one of the following:
    所述车辆的车门闭锁、车窗闭锁、后备箱闭锁;Door lock, window lock and trunk lock of the vehicle;
    第二目标操作包括以下至少一种:The second target operation includes at least one of the following:
    所述车辆的车门解锁、车窗解锁、后备箱解锁、允许开启发动机。The doors of the vehicle are unlocked, the windows are unlocked, the trunk is unlocked, and the engine is allowed to be started.
  18. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括通信接口、处理器、存储器以及存储在所述存储器中并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述终端实现如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的终端定位的方法。A terminal, characterized by comprising a communication interface, a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and executable on the processor, when the processor executes the computer program, the The terminal implements the method for terminal positioning according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  19. 一种车辆,其特征在于,包括通信接口、处理器、存储器以及存储在所述存储器中并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,当所述处理器在执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述车辆实现如权利要求12至17中任一项所述的终端定位的方法。A vehicle, characterized by comprising a communication interface, a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored in the memory and executable on the processor, when the processor executes the computer program, causing The vehicle implements the method for terminal positioning according to any one of claims 12 to 17 .
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述终端执行如权利要求1至17中任一项所述的终端定位的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it includes computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the terminal to execute the terminal positioning method according to any one of claims 1 to 17 .
PCT/CN2021/137279 2020-12-22 2021-12-11 Terminal positioning method and terminal WO2022135196A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011530023.5 2020-12-22
CN202011530023.5A CN114727214A (en) 2020-12-22 2020-12-22 Terminal positioning method and terminal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022135196A1 true WO2022135196A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=82157349

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/137279 WO2022135196A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2021-12-11 Terminal positioning method and terminal

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114727214A (en)
WO (1) WO2022135196A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105468337A (en) * 2014-06-16 2016-04-06 比亚迪股份有限公司 Method and system for seeking vehicle through mobile terminal and mobile terminal
CN105578402A (en) * 2014-10-15 2016-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for mutual communication between mobile phone and vehicle-mounted terminal, and mobile phone and vehicle-mounted terminal
CN108900635A (en) * 2018-08-02 2018-11-27 成都秦川物联网科技股份有限公司 Lock control method and car networking system based on car networking
CN210428849U (en) * 2019-10-31 2020-04-28 广州查正源电子科技有限公司 Automatic recording, parking, positioning and vehicle-searching equipment system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105468337A (en) * 2014-06-16 2016-04-06 比亚迪股份有限公司 Method and system for seeking vehicle through mobile terminal and mobile terminal
CN105578402A (en) * 2014-10-15 2016-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for mutual communication between mobile phone and vehicle-mounted terminal, and mobile phone and vehicle-mounted terminal
CN108900635A (en) * 2018-08-02 2018-11-27 成都秦川物联网科技股份有限公司 Lock control method and car networking system based on car networking
CN210428849U (en) * 2019-10-31 2020-04-28 广州查正源电子科技有限公司 Automatic recording, parking, positioning and vehicle-searching equipment system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114727214A (en) 2022-07-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114006625B (en) Split-screen display method and electronic equipment
CN113015161B (en) Authentication method, medium thereof, and electronic device
CN110126783B (en) Vehicle control method and device
KR20190003194A (en) Electronic apparatus and method for communicating with peripheral electronic apparatus
CN110505572B (en) Indoor positioning method and electronic equipment
US10798188B2 (en) Electronic device and method for processing information associated with driving
CN111465536B (en) Service processing method and device
CN114257960B (en) Bluetooth connection method and device
KR20180037502A (en) Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
WO2022247571A1 (en) Method for switching virtual card, and electronic device
CN116156417A (en) Equipment positioning method and related equipment thereof
CN114124980A (en) Method, device and system for starting application
CN113553600A (en) Resource acquisition method, system, server and storage medium
CN110647731A (en) Display method and electronic equipment
CN115019418B (en) Bluetooth car key car control method, device and storage medium
CN115080941A (en) Account login method and electronic equipment
WO2023071940A1 (en) Cross-device method and apparatus for synchronizing navigation task, and device and storage medium
WO2023179751A1 (en) Object searching method, system and electronic device
WO2022135196A1 (en) Terminal positioning method and terminal
CN113790732B (en) Method and device for generating position information
CN114356187A (en) Content acquisition method and device
CN113671534A (en) Positioning compensation method, vehicle-mounted unit, medium and system
WO2023104075A1 (en) Navigation information sharing method, electronic device, and system
WO2024001906A1 (en) Terminal scene identifying method and device, terminal, storage medium and program product
WO2022227979A1 (en) Contact tracing method and related device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21909193

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21909193

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1